WO2017150667A1 - Colorant dispersion liquid, colored polymerizable composition, and color filter - Google Patents

Colorant dispersion liquid, colored polymerizable composition, and color filter Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017150667A1
WO2017150667A1 PCT/JP2017/008281 JP2017008281W WO2017150667A1 WO 2017150667 A1 WO2017150667 A1 WO 2017150667A1 JP 2017008281 W JP2017008281 W JP 2017008281W WO 2017150667 A1 WO2017150667 A1 WO 2017150667A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
carbon atoms
acid
represented
colorant
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/008281
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
豊史 篠塚
Original Assignee
株式会社Adeka
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Adeka filed Critical 株式会社Adeka
Priority to JP2018503397A priority Critical patent/JPWO2017150667A1/en
Publication of WO2017150667A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017150667A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a colorant dispersion, a colored polymerizable composition containing the colorant dispersion of the present invention, a cured product and a black matrix obtained by curing the colored polymerizable composition, and the cured product or the black matrix.
  • the present invention relates to a color filter having
  • color filters are widely used for the purpose of colorization of liquid crystal display devices and the like, and generally, red, green, and blue pixels are arranged in a mosaic pattern.
  • a method for producing this color filter a dyeing method, a printing method, an ink jet method, an electrodeposition method, a colorant dispersion method and the like are known.
  • a colorant dispersion method in which fine pixels are formed by photolithography using a color polymerizable composition for a color filter in which a colorant is dispersed together with a photosensitive polymer and / or a photosensitive monomer is used to improve pixel flatness. Because of its superiority, it has become the mainstream color filter manufacturing method.
  • the color filter coloring composition contains a pigment, a solvent, a dispersant, a photopolymerizable unsaturated compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and the like. Since the coloring composition containing a photopolymerization initiator can be polymerized and cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays or an electron beam, it is useful for a filter segment constituting a color filter.
  • the filter segment is formed by removing excess solvent from a coated product obtained by applying a photosensitive material on a glass substrate or the like, and then exposing the coated material to active energy by exposure through a photomask for pixel formation. It is formed by applying a heat of 230 ° C.
  • a pigment in the color filter coloring composition it is general to prepare a pigment dispersion in which the pigment is previously dispersed in a resin or a dispersion medium when the coloring composition is prepared.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a colored polymerizable composition using acid-modified novolak epoxy acrylate or acid-modified bisphenol A epoxy acrylate as a dispersion resin.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a photocurable composition using novolak bisphenol A epoxy acrylate as a coating material for carbon black, and
  • Patent Document 3 discloses an acid-modified product of novolac bisphenol A epoxy acrylate as an alkali-soluble resin.
  • a photosensitive composition using the above is disclosed.
  • a colored polymerizable composition for a color filter that has a high light-shielding property, a high resistance, and a high definition, which is currently desired, has not been obtained.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a colorant dispersion, a colored polymerizable composition containing the colorant dispersion of the present invention, a cured product and a black matrix obtained by curing the colored polymerizable composition, and the cured product. Another object is to provide a color filter having the black matrix.
  • the object of the present invention is also a colored polymerizable composition having a high light-shielding property and capable of forming a high-definition and high-definition pattern, particularly when carbon black is used as a colorant, and has a high light-shielding property and high resistance.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a colored polymerizable composition capable of forming a high-definition pattern.
  • a colored polymerizable composition containing an agent dispersion (E) and the colorant dispersion (E), an ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) and a polymerization initiator (G) can solve the above-mentioned problems. As a result, the present invention has been achieved.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 and Y 6 (hereinafter also referred to as Y 1 to Y 6 ) are each independently a single bond, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic ring.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , Z 5 and Z 6 each independently have 1 to 20 carbon atoms substituted with a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group.
  • the hydrogen atom in the groups of 20 to 20 is a group containing a halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, amino group, carboxyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, epoxy group, vinyl group, mercapto group, isocyanate group, or heterocyclic ring complex in may be substituted, represented by Y 1 - Y 6 and Z 1 hydrocarbon
  • M 1 , M 2 and M 3 are each independently an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group
  • M 2 there are a plurality there are a plurality of M 2 are each identical or different case, m represents a positive number of 0 or 10 or less.
  • the present invention also provides a cured product obtained by curing the colored polymerizable composition, a black matrix obtained by curing the colored polymerizable composition, and a color filter having the cured product or the black matrix. It is.
  • the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention contains the polymerizable compound (A) represented by the general formula (I), the colorant (B), the dispersant (C) and the dispersion medium (D).
  • the colorant dispersion is characterized.
  • the polymerizable compound (A) used in the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound represented by the above general formula (I). Since it is excellent in property, the compound shown by the following general formula (II) is especially preferable.
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 13 there are a plurality There are several R 13 are each identical or different case
  • R 14 there are a plurality There are several R 14 are each identical or different case
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , Z 5 and Z 6 (hereinafter also referred to as Z 1 to Z 6 ) each independently have 1 to 20 carbon atoms substituted with a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group.
  • the plurality of Z 3 may be the same or different
  • the plurality of Z 4 may be the same or different
  • Z 11 of ⁇ 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Z 16 hydrogen atoms of the hydrocarbon group and Z 11 ⁇ 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing heterocyclic ring represented by Z 16 is a halogen atom, a nitro May be substituted with a group containing a group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a methacryloyl group, an acryloyl group, an epoxy group, a vinyl group, a mercapto group, an isocyanate group, or a heterocyclic group, and Z 11 to Z
  • Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 in the general formulas (I) and (II) each contain a single bond, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic ring. Represents a group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring
  • Z 16 hydrogen atoms of the hydrocarbon group
  • the hydrogen atom of the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing the heterocyclic ring represented is a halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, amino group, carboxyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, epoxy group, vinyl group, It may be substituted with a mercapto group, an isocyanate group or a group containing a heterocyclic ring.
  • Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 each represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring, and carbon
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 atoms or the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocycle has a methylene group
  • the methylene group is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 is not particularly limited, but preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms examples include methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, isopropanediyl, butanediyl, isobutanediyl, s-butanediyl, t-butanediyl, pentanediyl, isopentanediyl, t-pentanediyl, hexane Diyl, heptanediyl, octanediyl, isooctanediyl, 2-ethylhexanediyl, t-octanediyl, nonanediyl, isononanediyl, decanediyl, isodecanediyl, undecanediyl, dodecanediyl, tetradecanediyl
  • alkenediyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms examples include ethanediyl, propenediyl, 3-butenediyl, 2-butenediyl, 4-pentenediyl, 3-pentenediyl, 2-hexenediyl, 3-hexenediyl, 5-hexenediyl, and 2-heptenediyl. 3-heptenediyl, 4-heptenediyl, 3-octenediyl, 3-nonenediyl, 4-decenediyl, 3-undecenediyl, 4-dodeceninediyl, 3-cyclohexenediyl and the like.
  • the above-mentioned cycloalkanediyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms means a saturated monocyclic or saturated polycyclic alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cycloalkanediyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include cyclopropanediyl, cyclobutanediyl, cyclopentanediyl, cyclohexanediyl, cycloheptanediyl, cyclooctanediyl, cyclononanediyl, cyclodecandidiyl, adamantanediyl, Examples include decahydronaphthalenediyl, octahydropentanediyl, bicyclo [1.1.1] pentanediyl, and tetradecahydroanthracenediyl.
  • the cycloalkyl alkanediyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms means a group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom of the alkanediyl group is substituted with a cycloalkyl group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkylalkanediyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms include cyclopropylmethanediyl, cyclobutylmethanediyl, cyclopentylmethanediyl, cyclohexylmethanediyl, cycloheptylmethanediyl, cyclooctylmethanediyl, and cyclononylmethanediyl.
  • aryldiyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms examples include benzenediyl, toluenediyl, xylenediyl, ethylbenzenediyl, naphthalenediyl, anthracenediyl, phenanthrenediyl and biphenyldiyl.
  • the arylalkanediyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms means a group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom of the alkanediyl group is substituted with an aryl group.
  • Examples of the arylalkanediyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms include benzyl, ⁇ -methylbenzyl, ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl, phenylethyl, naphthylpropyl, etc., and the aryl having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl group means a group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is substituted with an aryl group. Examples include benzyl, ⁇ -methylbenzyl, ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl, phenylethyl and the like.
  • the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring represented by Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 includes at least one heterocyclic ring, and the carbon of the entire group It means a group having 2 to 20 numbers.
  • Examples of the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring include pyrrole diyl, pyridinediyl, pyridylethanediyl, pyrimidinediyl, piperazinediyl, piperidinyl, pyrandiyl, pyranylethanediyl, pyrazolinediyl, triazinediyl, triazyl Methanediyl, quinolinediyl, isoquinolinediyl, imidazolinediyl, benzimidazolonedilyl, frangyl, benzofurandyl, thiophenediyl, benzothiophenediyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isothiazolediyl, isoxa Examples include zondiryl, indoyl diyl, morpholine
  • the total number of carbon atoms in the group may exceed 20.
  • examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a methacryloyl group, Examples include an acryloyl group, an epoxy group, a vinyl group, a mercapto group, or an isocyanate group.
  • alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by M 1 to M 3 examples include methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, butanediyl and butanediyl.
  • the alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by M 1 to M 3 is preferably methanediyl, ethanediyl or propanediyl. Most preferred is diyl.
  • the cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms represented by M 1 to M 3 means a saturated monocyclic or saturated polycyclic alkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms represented by M 1 to M 3 include cyclopropyldiyl, cyclobutyldiyl, cyclopentyldiyl, cyclohexyldiyl, cycloheptyldiyl, cyclooctyldiyl, and cyclononyl.
  • Diyl, cyclodecyldiyl, adamantyldiyl, decahydronaphthyldiyl, octahydropentalenediyl, bicyclo [1.1.1] pentanyldiyl, etc. are mentioned, and the compatibility with the colorant of the polymerizable compound (A) is good.
  • bicyclo [1.1.1] pentanyldiyl is more preferable because of good dispersibility.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms that can replace the hydrogen atom of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and the cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms represented by M 1 to M 3 above.
  • examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl and t-pentyl.
  • Examples thereof include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, ethylphenyl and naphthyl.
  • Examples of the halogen atom that can replace the hydrogen atom of the cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • m is a positive number of 0 or 10 or less.
  • M is preferably 2 to 10 because of good compatibility with the dispersion medium (D) and good dispersibility of the colorant.
  • D dispersion medium
  • m is less than 2
  • the dispersibility of the colorant is poor
  • m is greater than 10
  • n is a positive number of 0 or 10 or less.
  • N is preferably 2 to 10 because of good compatibility with the dispersion medium (D) and good dispersibility of the colorant (B).
  • n is smaller than 2
  • the dispersibility of the colorant (B) is poor
  • n is larger than 10
  • the solubility in the dispersant (C) is poor.
  • the polymerizable compound (A) can be produced according to the following reaction formula [Chemical Formula 3]. That is, the production method of the polymerizable compound (A) is known, and the following compound A-1 can be obtained by reacting a commercially available epoxy compound with an unsaturated monobasic acid such as acrylic acid. By further reacting the obtained compound A-1 with a polybasic acid such as phthalic anhydride, the following compound A-2 can be obtained.
  • Examples of the unsaturated monobasic acid to be reacted with the epoxy compound include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, 2-acryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid, 2-acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, -Methacryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, 2-acryloyloxyethyl succinate, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinate, 2-acryloxyethyl-2-hydroxyethylphthalic acid, 2-methacryloxyethyl-2-hydroxyethylphthalic acid, 2-acryloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2-methacryloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, pentaerythritol pentaacrylate succinic acid modified product, pentaerythritol pentaacrylate phthalic acid modified product, pentaerythritol pentaacrylate Succi
  • unsaturated monobasic acid acrylic acid and methacrylic acid are preferable because they are easy to handle and the reaction rate is high, and acrylic acid is most preferable because the resulting polymerizable compound (A) has good reactivity.
  • a commercial item can be used as said unsaturated monobasic acid.
  • unsaturated monobasic acids include NK ester A-SA, SA, CB-1 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), light ester A, HOA-MS, HO-MS, HOA-MPE, HOA-HH. , HOA-MPL, DPE6A-MS, PE3A-MS, DPE6A-MP and PE3A-MP (manufactured by Kyoeisha) and Aronix M-5300 (Toagosei).
  • Examples of the polybasic acid anhydride to be reacted with the compound A-1 include biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, and pyromellitic anhydride. 2,2′-3,3′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, nadic acid anhydride, methyl nadic acid anhydride, dodecenyl succinic anhydride and the like.
  • the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention may contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) described later in addition to the polymerizable compound (A).
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) in the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is 10 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound (A). Is preferred.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound (A) is not particularly limited, but it is colored in a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colorant dispersion (E).
  • the amount is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound (A) is smaller than 1 part by mass, the dispersibility of the colorant may be inferior, and when it is larger than 30 parts by mass, sufficient coloring may not be expressed.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound (A) in the colorant dispersion (E) is determined according to the colorant dispersion ( E)
  • the total solid content is 100 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass.
  • pigments and dyes can be used as the colorant (B) used in the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention.
  • the pigment and the dye an inorganic color material or an organic color material can be used, respectively, and these can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the pigment refers to a colorant that is insoluble in the dispersion medium (D) described below, and among inorganic or organic colorants or inorganic or organic dyes, those that are insoluble in the dispersion medium (D), or inorganic or organic dyes The raked version is also included.
  • the pigment examples include carbon black obtained by a furnace method, a channel method or a thermal method, or carbon black such as acetylene black, ketjen black or lamp black, the carbon black prepared or coated with an epoxy resin, the carbon Black previously dispersed with a resin in a solvent and coated with 20 to 200 mg / g of resin, an acid or alkaline surface treated carbon black, an average particle size of 8 nm or more, and a DBP oil absorption of 90 ml / Carbon black, graphite, graphitized carbon black, activated carbon, carbon fiber, carbon nanotubes having a total oxygen amount of 9 mg or more per 100 m 2 of surface area, calculated from CO and CO 2 in volatile matter at 950 ° C.
  • carbon black obtained by a furnace method, a channel method or a thermal method, or carbon black such as acetylene black, ketjen black or lamp black
  • the carbon black prepared or coated with an epoxy resin the carbon Black previously dispersed with a resin in a solvent and coated with 20
  • Carbo Black pigments such as microcoil, carbon nanohorn, carbon aerogel, fullerene, aniline black, perylene black, lactam black, pigment black 7, titanium black, chromium oxide green, miloli blue, cobalt green, cobalt blue, manganese, Russianide, phosphate ultramarine, bituminous, ultramarine, cerulean blue, pyridian, emerald green, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red pepper (red iron (III) oxide), cadmium red, synthetic iron black, amber, lake
  • Examples thereof include organic or inorganic pigments such as pigments, and it is preferable to use a black pigment because of its high light shielding properties, and it is more preferable to use carbon black.
  • carbon black having a sulfonic acid group on the surface of carbon black can provide a colorant dispersion excellent in dispersibility, has excellent light shielding properties, and has good adhesion to substrates such as glass. Since a thing is obtained, it is preferable.
  • Examples of the method for imparting a sulfonic acid group to the surface of carbon black include a method of oxidizing carbon black with peroxodisulfuric acid or a salt thereof (1), and a method of treating carbon black with a sulfonating agent (2).
  • the method (1) for oxidizing carbon black with peroxodisulfuric acid or a salt thereof can be performed by any known method.
  • carbon black, peroxodisulfuric acid or a salt thereof, and an aqueous medium water or a mixture of water and a water-soluble solvent
  • a surfactant or a dispersant as necessary, and the mixture is less than 100 ° C. It can be carried out by heating at 40 to 90 ° C. for less than 24 hours, preferably 2 to 20 hours, and neutralizing to pH ⁇ 7 as necessary.
  • the salt of peroxodisulfuric acid include metal salts such as lithium, sodium, potassium, and aluminum, or ammonium salts.
  • the amount of peroxodisulfuric acid or a salt thereof used is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of carbon black.
  • the method (2) for treating the carbon black with the sulfonating agent can be carried out by any known method.
  • the carbon black and the sulfonating agent are mixed or dissolved in a solvent, and 200 ° C. or less, preferably Stir at 0-100 ° C.
  • the sulfonating agent concentrated sulfuric acid, fuming sulfuric acid, sulfur trioxide, halogenated sulfate, amide sulfate, bisulfite, sulfite, SO 3 - dioxane complex, SO 3 - ketone complexes, sulfamic acid, sulfonated pyridine salt Etc.
  • the solvent examples include water; acidic solvents such as sulfuric acid, fuming sulfuric acid, formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid and acetic anhydride; basic solvents such as pyridine, triethylamine and trimethylamine; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane and diethyl ether; dimethylformamide Polar solvents such as dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, sulfolane, nitromethane, acetone, acetonitrile and benzonitrile; esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and nitrobenzene; methanol, Alcohol solvents such as ethanol and isopropanol; chlorine solvents such as chloroform, trichlorofluoromethane, methylene chloride, and chlorobenzene can be used, and a mixed solvent thereof may be
  • the amount of the sulfonating agent used is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of carbon black. When a plurality of sulfonating agents are used, the total amount is within the above range. preferable.
  • a known sulfone inhibitor such as a fatty acid, an organic peracid, an acid anhydride, acetic acid, a ketone, etc. is used as long as the reaction is not inhibited. In some cases, 0.01 to 5 parts by mass is added to 1 part by mass of carbon black.
  • dyes can be used as the inorganic color material or organic color material.
  • known dyes include, for example, azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, indigoid dyes, triarylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, alizarin dyes, acridine dyes stilbene dyes, thiazole dyes, naphthol dyes, quinoline dyes, nitro dyes, indamine dyes, oxazine dyes, And dyes such as phthalocyanine dyes and cyanine dyes.
  • Examples of the inorganic or organic colorant include, for example, nitroso compounds, nitro compounds, azo compounds, diazo compounds, xanthene compounds, quinoline compounds, anthraquinone compounds, coumarin compounds, cyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, isoindolinone compounds, isoindoline compounds, Examples include quinacridone compounds, anthanthrone compounds, perinone compounds, perylene compounds, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, thioindigo compounds, dioxazine compounds, triphenylmethane compounds, quinophthalone compounds, naphthalene tetracarboxylic acids, azo dyes, and cyanine dye metal complex compounds. .
  • inorganic color material or organic color material commercially available pigments can also be used.
  • the content of the colorant (B) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of goodness, it is preferably 30 to 90 parts by mass, and more preferably 50 to 90 parts by mass. If the content of the colorant (B) is less than 30 parts by mass, a colored polymerizable composition having a sufficient colorant concentration may not be formed. If the content is greater than 90 parts by mass, the colorant (B) In some cases, the colorant dispersion (E) cannot be sufficiently dispersed. For example, when a colored polymerizable composition for a color filter is produced using the colorant dispersion (E), the content of the colorant (B) in the colorant dispersion (E) is determined by the colorant dispersion. (E) In a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content, it is preferably 30 to 90 parts by mass, and more preferably 50 to 90 parts by mass.
  • Dispersant (C)> Although it does not specifically limit as a dispersing agent (C) used for the coloring agent dispersion liquid (E) of this invention and the coloring polymeric composition mentioned later, it can disperse
  • dispersant (C) commercially available dispersants can also be used.
  • DISPERBYK-130 DISPERBYK-161, DISPERBYK-162, DISPERBYK-163, DISPERBYK-164, DISPERBYK-167, DISPERBYK-168, DISPERBYK.
  • the content of the dispersant (C) is not particularly limited, but the colorant dispersion is contained in a total of 100 parts by weight of the solid content of the colorant dispersion (E). Since the dispersibility of the colorant in the liquid (E) becomes better, it is preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass. If the content of the dispersant (C) is less than 5 parts by mass, the dispersibility of the colorant may be inferior. If it is greater than 40 parts by mass, a colorant dispersion having a sufficient colorant concentration may not be produced. is there.
  • the content of the dispersant (C) in the colorant dispersion (E) is determined by the colorant dispersion.
  • the total solid content is 100 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass, and more preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass.
  • the dispersion medium (D) used in the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is usually a solvent that can dissolve or disperse the above components as necessary.
  • a solvent that can dissolve or disperse the above components as necessary.
  • examples thereof include methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, Ketones such as diethyl ketone, acetone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone and 2-heptanone; ethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,2-diethoxyethane, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.
  • Ether solvents such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, ethyl lactate, dimethyl succinate and texanol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether and ethyl Cellosolve solvents such as glycol monoethyl ether; alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, iso- or n-propanol, iso- or n-butanol and amyl alcohol; ethylene glycol monomethyl acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl acetate, propylene glycol Ether ester solvents such as 1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate (PGMEA), dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate and ethoxyethyl propionate; BTX solvents such as benzene, to
  • ketones, ether ester solvents and the like, particularly PGMEA and cyclohexanone are preferable because the colorant dispersion and the compatibility between the resist and the polymerization initiator are good in the colorant dispersion (E) and the color polymerizable composition. .
  • the content of the dispersion medium (D) is not particularly limited, but it is colored with respect to a total of 100 parts by weight of the solid content of the colorant dispersion liquid (E).
  • the amount is preferably 100 to 1900 parts by mass, and more preferably 200 to 900 parts by mass. When the amount is larger than 1900 parts by mass, there may be a case where a colored polymerizable composition having a sufficient colorant concentration cannot be obtained. When the amount is less than 100 parts by mass, sufficient colorant dispersibility may not be obtained.
  • the content of the dispersion medium (D) in the colorant dispersion (E) is particularly limited.
  • the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is a mixture of a polymerizable compound (A), a dispersant (C), a dispersion medium (D), etc., and a horizontal sand mill, a vertical sand mill, an annular bead mill, an attritor, etc. Can be obtained by dispersing the colorant (B).
  • the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is a gravure ink, offset ink, ink for inkjet printer, colored polymerizable composition for color filter, various general paints for automobile, wood, metal, etc., magnetic tape back It can be used for various applications such as coat paints and radiation cure inks, and there are no particular restrictions on the applications.
  • the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention can be used for a color filter black matrix coloring composition when a black pigment typified by carbon black is used as the colorant (B).
  • the colored composition for a matrix for a color filter is particularly useful for a color filter for a display device for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display panel.
  • ⁇ Coloring polymerizable composition> An ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) and a polymerization initiator (G) can be added to the colorant dispersion (E) to obtain the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention.
  • the content of the colorant dispersion liquid (E) is not particularly limited.
  • a colorant dispersion having a solid content of 25% by mass in the production of the colored polymerizable composition is used.
  • the liquid (E) is preferably 10 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 80 parts by mass, because the colorability is good in a total of 100 parts by mass of the colored polymerizable composition.
  • the content of the colorant dispersion (E) having a solid content of 25% by mass is less than 10 parts by mass, sufficient coloring may not be obtained. May decrease.
  • the content of the colorant dispersion (E) having a solid content of 25% by mass is that of the colored polymerizable composition for the color filter.
  • the total content is 100 parts by mass, preferably 10 to 80 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 80 parts by mass.
  • Preferred contents of the polymerizable compound (A), the colorant (B) and the dispersant (C) in the colored polymerizable composition are shown below.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound (A) is not particularly limited, but the dispersibility of the colorant in the total 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition. Is preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass. If the content of the polymerizable compound (A) is less than 1 part by mass, the dispersibility of the colorant may be inferior, and if it is greater than 20 parts by mass, sufficient coloring may not be expressed.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound (A) in the colored polymerizable composition for color filters is the solid content of the colored composition for color filters. Is preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass.
  • the content of the colorant (B) is not particularly limited, but the colorability is good in a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition. Therefore, the amount is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass. When the content of the colorant (B) is less than 20 parts by mass, sufficient light shielding properties may not be obtained, and when it is greater than 80 parts by mass, the chemical resistance of the cured product described later may be reduced. .
  • the content of the colorant (B) in the color polymerizable composition for color filters is the same as that of the color polymerizable composition for color filters.
  • the total solid content is 100 parts by mass, preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass.
  • the content of the dispersant (C) is not particularly limited, but in a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass. If the content of the dispersant (C) is less than 0.1 parts by mass, the dispersibility of the colorant may be inferior, and if it is greater than 20 parts by mass, the chemical resistance may be deteriorated.
  • the content of the dispersing agent (C) in the colored polymerizable composition for a color filter is the colored polymerizable composition for a color filter.
  • the total solid content is 100 to 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) used in the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a carbon-carbon double bond in the compound. Can be used.
  • the polymerizable compound (A) can be further added as an ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) when preparing the colored polymerizable composition.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) include unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons such as ethylene, propylene, butylene, isobutylene, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, vinylidene fluoride, and tetrafluoroethylene; (meth) acrylic acid, ⁇ -chloroacrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citraconic acid, fumaric acid, hymic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, vinyl acetic acid, allyl acetic acid, cinnamic acid, sorbic acid, mesaconic acid, monosuccinic acid [2- (meta ) Acryloyloxyethyl], phthalic acid mono [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl] and ⁇ -carboxypolycaprolactone mono (meth) acrylate, etc., polymer mono (meth) having a carboxy group and a
  • A1-No. A4 methyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, ( Isooctyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminomethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethyl (meth) acrylate Aminoethyl, aminopropyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, poly (ethoxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethoxy
  • ethylenically unsaturated compound F
  • Kaylad DPHA, DPEA-12, PEG400DA, THE-330, RP-1040, NPGDA, PET30 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku
  • SPC- 1000, SPC-3000 manufactured by Showa Denko
  • Aronix M-140, M-215, M-350, M-450 manufactured by Toagosei
  • NK ester A-DPHA-TMPT, A-DCP, A-HD-N A-9300, TMPT, DCP, NPG and HD-N manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) include a copolymer of acrylic ester, a product obtained by reacting phenol and / or cresol novolac epoxy resin with an unsaturated monobasic acid, and a polyfunctional epoxy group. What reacted phenyl phenyl type epoxy resin and unsaturated monobasic acid can also be used.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compounds (F) when a compound having an acid value is used, alkali developability can be imparted to the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention.
  • the amount used should be 50 to 99% by mass of the entire polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond including the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F). preferable.
  • the compound having an acid value can be used after adjusting the acid value by further reacting with a monofunctional or polyfunctional epoxy compound.
  • the alkali developability of the curable resin can be improved by adjusting the acid value of the compound having the acid value.
  • the compound having an acid value (that is, a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond imparting alkali developability) preferably has a solid acid value in the range of 5 to 120 mgKOH / g, and is monofunctional or polyfunctional.
  • the amount of the functional epoxy compound used is preferably selected so as to satisfy the acid value.
  • Examples of the monofunctional epoxy compound include glycidyl methacrylate, methyl glycidyl ether, ethyl glycidyl ether, propyl glycidyl ether, isopropyl glycidyl ether, butyl glycidyl ether, isobutyl glycidyl ether, t-butyl glycidyl ether, pentyl glycidyl ether, hexyl glycidyl ether, heptyl Glycidyl ether, octyl glycidyl ether, nonyl glycidyl ether, decyl glycidyl ether, undecyl glycidyl ether, dodecyl glycidyl ether, tridecyl glycidyl ether, tetradecyl glycidyl ether, pentadecy
  • the polyfunctional epoxy compound it is preferable to use one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of bisphenol-type epoxy compounds and glycidyl ethers because a colored curable resin composition with better characteristics can be obtained.
  • the bisphenol type epoxy compound an epoxy compound represented by the above general formula (I) can be used, and for example, a bisphenol type epoxy compound such as a hydrogenated bisphenol type epoxy compound can also be used.
  • glycidyl ethers examples include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, 1,8-octanediol diglycidyl ether, 1,10-decanediol diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol diglycidyl ether, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, triethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tetraethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexaethylene glycol diglycidyl Ether, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol diglycidyl ether, 1,1,1-tri (glycidyloxymethyl) propane, 1,1,1-to (Glycidyloxymethyl) ethane, 1,1,1-tri (glycidy
  • novolac epoxy compounds such as phenol novolac epoxy compounds, biphenyl novolac epoxy compounds, cresol novolac epoxy compounds, bisphenol A novolac epoxy compounds and dicyclopentadiene novolac epoxy compounds; 3,4-epoxy-6-methyl Cycloaliphatic epoxies such as cyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate and 1-epoxyethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexane Compound; Glycidyl esters such as diglycidyl phthalate, diglycidyl tetrahydrophthalate and dimer acid glycidyl; tetraglycidyl di Glycidylamines such as minodiphenylmethane, triglycidyl P-aminophenol and N, N-diglycidylan
  • Preferred examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) include ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an indane skeleton.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an indane skeleton is obtained by epoxidizing a bisphenol compound having an indane skeleton and then reacting with an unsaturated basic acid; after epoxidizing a novolak compound having an indane skeleton, an unsaturated base A product reacted with an acid; an alkylene oxide added to a bisphenol compound having an indane skeleton, followed by epoxidation and a reaction with an unsaturated basic acid; an alkylene oxide added to a novolak compound having an indane skeleton Thereafter, epoxidation and reaction with an unsaturated basic acid are exemplified.
  • examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an indane skeleton include 1,1-bis [4-[(4-ethylenephenyl) methoxy] phenyl] -2,3-dihydro-3-phenyl- 1H-indene, (3-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-indene-1,1-diyl) bis (4,1-phenylene) diacrylate and (3,5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1H -Indene-1,1-diyl) bis (4,1-phenylene) diacrylate and the like.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an indane skeleton include an epoxy adduct obtained by reaction of an epoxy compound represented by the following general formula (III) with an ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid, a polybasic acid anhydride, An ethylenically unsaturated compound, which is a reaction product obtained by the esterification reaction, is preferred because of good colorant dispersibility and curability.
  • Y represents a substituent selected from the group represented by the following formulas (A) and (B), and R 21 to R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 29 to R 44 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 21 to R 28 includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, iso -Butyl, amyl, iso-amyl, tert-amyl, hexyl, heptyl, isoheptyl, t-heptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, t-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-nonyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, monofluoro Methyl, pentafluoroethyl, tetrafluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, hexafluoropropyl, pentafluoroprop
  • the alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 21 to R 28 is methyloxy, ethyloxy, iso-propyloxy, propyloxy, butyloxy, pentyloxy, iso-pentyl.
  • examples of the halogen atom represented by R 21 to R 28 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 29 to R 44 As methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, iso-butyl, amyl, iso-amyl, tert-amyl, hexyl, heptyl, isoheptyl, t-heptyl, n-octyl , Isooctyl, t-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, isotridecyl, myristyl, palmityl, stearyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, monofluoromethyl
  • an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 29 to R 44 As methyloxy, ethyloxy, iso-propyloxy, propyloxy, butyloxy, pentyloxy, iso-pentyloxy, hexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, n-nonyloxy, n-decyloxy, undecyl Oxy, dodecyloxy, tridecyloxy, isotridecyloxy, myristyloxy, palmityloxy, stearyloxy, trifluoromethyloxy, difluoromethyloxy, monofluoromethyloxy, pentafluoroethyloxy, tetrafluoroethyloxy, trifluoro Tiloxy, difluoroe
  • an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 29 to R 44 As phenyl, naphthyl, anthracen-1-yl, phenanthren-1-yl, o-tolyl, m-tolyl, p-tolyl, 4-vinylphenyl, 3-isopropylphenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 4-butylphenyl 4-isobutylphenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, 4-octylphenyl, 4- (2-ethylhexyl) phenyl, 2,3-dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 3,5
  • Examples of the arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 29 to R 44 include benzyl, phenethyl, 2-phenylpropyl, diphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl, styryl, cinnamyl and 4-chlorophenylmethyl. .
  • a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 29 to R 44 As pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrariayl, piperazyl, piperidyl, pyranyl, pyrazolyl, triazyl, pyrrolidyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, triazolyl, furyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, thienyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl , Benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, urolidyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl,
  • the halogen atom represented by R 29 to R 44 includes a fluorine atom, chlorine An atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned.
  • R 29 and R 30 , R 30 and R 31 , R 31 and R 32 , R 37 and R 38 , R 38 and R 39 and R 39 and R 40 are, for example, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclopentene, benzene, pyrrolidine, pyrrole, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, Examples thereof include 5- to 7-membered rings such as tetrahydropyridine, lactone ring and lactam ring, and condensed rings such as naphthalene and anthracene.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid to be reacted with the epoxy compound represented by the general formula (III) is a single hydrogen atom that has an unsaturated bond in the structure and can be ionized to form a hydrogen ion. It means an acid with one per unit.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, sorbic acid and hydroxyethyl methacrylate / malate, hydroxypropyl methacrylate / malate, hydroxypropyl acrylate / malate, dicyclopentadiene / Examples thereof include malate, and acrylic acid and methacrylic acid are preferable because of high polymerizability.
  • the polybasic acid anhydride to be esterified with the epoxy adduct obtained by the reaction of the epoxy compound represented by the general formula (III) and the ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid includes biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, 2,2'-3,3'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic anhydride, ethylene glycol bisanhydro trimellitate , Glycerol trisanhydro trimellitate, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, nadic anhydride, methyl nadic anhydride, trialkyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, 5- (2,5- Dioxotetrahydrofuryl) -3-methyl-3-si Roh
  • the reaction molar ratio of the epoxy compound represented by the general formula (III) to the ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid and the polybasic acid anhydride is preferably as follows. That is, in an epoxy adduct having a structure in which 0.1 to 1.0 carboxyl groups of the ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid are added to one epoxy group of the epoxy compound, It is preferable that the polybasic acid anhydride has a polybasic acid anhydride structure in a ratio of 0.1 to 1.0 with respect to one hydroxyl group.
  • the reaction example of the said epoxy compound, the said ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid, and the said polybasic acid anhydride is shown below, it is not limited to the following reaction scheme 1.
  • ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) among the above reaction products, it is possible to use an epoxy compound represented by the general formula (III) in which R 21 to R 26 are hydrogen atoms. It is preferable from the viewpoint of further enhancing the ease of use and the effects of the present invention. From the same viewpoint, Y is a group represented by (A), R 29 to R 36 are a hydrogen atom or a phenyl group, or Y is a group represented by (B), and R It is also preferred to use those in which 37 to R 44 are a hydrogen atom or a phenyl group.
  • the polymerizable property of the colored polymerizable composition is high, those using 5 or less carbon atoms are preferable as the ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid, and those using acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, etc. are particularly preferable. .
  • the dispersibility of the colorant is excellent, those having a benzene ring or a saturated alicyclic ring as the polybasic acid anhydride are preferable. Those using anhydrides are preferred.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) used in the present invention since the dispersibility and curability of the colorant are good, among the above reaction products, it is obtained by using the following compounds as raw materials, among others. Products are preferred, but not limited thereto. Specifically, for example, 1,1-bis [4- (2,3-epoxypropyloxy) phenyl] indane as an epoxy compound represented by the above general formula (III) is used as an ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid.
  • 1,1-bis [4- (2,3-epoxypropyloxy) phenyl] indane as an epoxy compound represented by the above general formula (I), acrylic acid as an unsaturated monobasic acid, polybasic acid anhydride
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) is not particularly limited, but the cured product described later in a total of 100 parts by weight of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition.
  • the chemical resistance is preferably 5 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass.
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) is smaller than 5 parts by mass, the chemical resistance of the cured product described later may be inferior, and when it is larger than 60 parts by mass, sufficient coloring may not be obtained. is there.
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) in the colored polymerizable composition for a color filter is the colored polymerization for the color filter. It is preferably 10 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, in a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the composition.
  • a conventionally known radical polymerization initiator can be used as the polymerization initiator (G) used in the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention.
  • Conventionally known radical polymerization initiators include photopolymerization initiators and thermal polymerization initiators.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include benzophenone, phenylbiphenyl ketone, 1-hydroxy-1-benzoylcyclohexane, benzoin, benzyldimethyl ketal, 1-benzyl-1-dimethylamino-1- (4′-morpholinobenzoyl) propane, 2- Morpholyl-2- (4′-methylmercapto) benzoylpropane, thioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, diethylthioxanthone, ethyl anthraquinone, 4-benzoyl-4′-methyldiphenyl sulfide, benzoin butyl ether, 2- Hydroxy-2-benzoylpropane, 2-hydroxy-2- (4'-isopropyl) benzoylpropane, 4-butylbenzoyltrichloromethane, 4-phenoxybenzoyldichlor
  • thermal polymerization initiators examples include 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis (methylisobutyrate), Azo initiators such as' -azobis-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile, 1,1'-azobis (1-acetoxy-1-phenylethane); benzoyl peroxide, di-t-butylbenzoyl peroxide, t- Examples thereof include peroxide initiators such as butyl peroxypivalate and di (4-t-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate, and persulfates such as ammonium persulfate, sodium persulfate and potassium persulfate.
  • peroxide initiators such as butyl peroxypivalate and di (4-t-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate
  • persulfates such as ammonium persulfate, sodium persulfate and potassium persulfate.
  • the polymerization initiator (G) used in the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention it is particularly preferable to use a compound represented by the following general formula (IV).
  • the cured product obtained from the composition is preferable because of good heat resistance.
  • R 51 and R 52 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a nitro group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms In some cases, it may represent an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or R 51 or R 52 may be bonded to an adjacent benzene ring to form a ring containing X 1
  • R 53 and R 54 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 55 , OR 55 , SR 55 , NR 56 R 57 , COR 55 , SOR 55 , SO 2 R 55 or CONR 56 R 57 , R 55 to R 57 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, or a complex having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • X 1 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, CR 58 R 59, CO, a NR 60 or PR 60
  • X 2 represents a single bond or CO
  • R 58 to R 60 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms
  • the methylene group in the alkyl group or arylalkyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom, nitro group, cyan group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group or heterocyclic group, and may be interrupted by —O—.
  • R 58 and R 59 may combine to form a ring, a represents an integer of 0 to 4, b represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • alkyl group, aryl group, arylalkyl group and heterocyclic group represented by each symbol of the general formula (IV) include the alkyl group, aryl group, arylalkyl group represented by the above R 29 to R 44 , The thing similar to the example of a heterocyclic group is mentioned.
  • the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 53 and R 54 is a saturated monocyclic or saturated group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a polycyclic alkyl group is meant.
  • the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, adamantyl, decahydronaphthyl, octahydropentalene and bicyclo [1.1.1] pentanyl and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl alkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 53 and R 54 is obtained by replacing the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group with a cycloalkyl group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms include cyclopropylmethyl , Cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, cyclooctylmethyl, cyclononylmethyl, 2-cyclobutylethyl, 2-cyclopentylethyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 2-cycloheptylethyl, 2-cyclooctylethyl , 3-cyclobutylpropyl, 3-cyclopentylpropyl, 3-cyclohexylpropyl, 3-cycloheptylpropyl, 4-cyclobutylbutyl, 4-cyclopentylbutyl, 4-cyclohexylbutyl, etc. It is.
  • Examples of the ring containing X 1 formed by combining R 51 or R 52 with an adjacent benzene ring include carbazole, xanthene, dibenzofuran and dibenzothiophene.
  • Examples of the ring formed by combining R 58 and R 59 include 5 to 5 such as cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclopentene, benzene, pyrrolidine, pyrrole, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, tetrahydropyridine, lactone ring, and lactam ring. Examples thereof include 7-membered rings and condensed rings such as naphthalene and anthracene.
  • polymerization initiators can be used alone or in combination of two or more according to the desired performance.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator (G) is not particularly limited, but the curability is good in a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition. Therefore, the amount is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass. When the content of the polymerization initiator (G) is less than 0.1 parts by mass, the curability may be inferior, and when it is more than 20 parts by mass, the initiator may be precipitated in the resin composition.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator (G) in the colored polymerizable composition for a color filter is the color polymerization for the color filter.
  • the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass.
  • a solvent may be included for the purpose of improving the handling or controlling the thickness of the cured product, and as such a compound, the dispersibility of the colorant is good.
  • a solvent may be included for the purpose of improving the handling or controlling the thickness of the cured product, and as such a compound, the dispersibility of the colorant is good.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably such that the concentration of the composition other than the solvent is 5 to 30% by mass.
  • concentration of the composition other than the solvent is less than 5% by mass, it is difficult to increase the thickness of the cured product, and sufficient colorability may not be obtained. Since the storage stability of the composition is lowered and the viscosity is improved, handling is lowered, which is not preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound (A), the colorant (B), the dispersant (C), the dispersion medium (D), the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F), and the polymerization initiator (G) Arbitrary components other than can be added as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Describe optional ingredients below
  • the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention as an optional component may not contain an ethylenically unsaturated bond and may contain a compound that imparts alkali developability, and such a compound has an acid value.
  • the compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound soluble in an alkaline aqueous solution, but a representative example is an alkali-soluble novolak resin (hereinafter simply referred to as “novolak resin”).
  • the novolak resin is obtained by polycondensation of phenols and aldehydes in the presence of an acid catalyst.
  • phenols examples include phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, o-ethylphenol, m-ethylphenol, p-ethylphenol, o-butylphenol, m-butylphenol, p-butylphenol, 2, 3-xylenol, 2,4-xylenol, 2,5-xylenol, 3,4-xylenol, 3,5-xylenol, 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, p-phenylphenol, hydroquinone, catechol, resorcinol, 2- Methyl resorcinol, pyrogallol, ⁇ -naphthol, bisphenol A, dihydroxybenzoic acid ester, gallic acid ester and the like are used.
  • phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, 2,5 Xylenol, 3,5-xylenol, 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, resorcinol, 2-methyl resorcinol and bisphenol A are preferred.
  • These phenols are used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • aldehydes examples include formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propylaldehyde, benzaldehyde, phenylacetaldehyde, ⁇ -phenylpropylaldehyde, ⁇ -phenylpropylaldehyde, o-hydroxybenzaldehyde, m-hydroxybenzaldehyde, p-hydroxybenzaldehyde, o -Chlorobenzaldehyde, m-chlorobenzaldehyde, p-chlorobenzaldehyde, o-nitrobenzaldehyde, m-nitrobenzaldehyde, p-nitrobenzaldehyde, o-methylbenzaldehyde, m-methylbenzaldehyde, p-methylbenzaldehyde, p-ethylbenzaldehyde and p -N-butylbenzaldehy
  • the acid catalyst examples include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, and sulfuric acid, or organic acids such as formic acid, oxalic acid, and acetic acid. Using amount of the acid catalyst, phenol per mole, 1 ⁇ 10 -4 ⁇ 5 ⁇ 10 -1 mol is preferred.
  • water is usually used as a reaction medium. However, if the phenols used in the condensation reaction do not dissolve in an aqueous solution of aldehydes and become heterogeneous from the beginning of the reaction, the reaction medium is hydrophilic. A solvent can also be used.
  • hydrophilic solvents examples include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol and butanol, or cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane.
  • the amount of these reaction media used is usually 20 to 1000 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material.
  • the reaction temperature of the condensation reaction can be appropriately adjusted according to the reactivity of the reaction raw materials, but is usually 10 to 200 ° C., preferably 70 to 150 ° C. After completion of the condensation reaction, in order to remove unreacted raw materials, acid catalyst and reaction medium present in the system, the internal temperature is generally raised to 130 to 230 ° C., and the volatile component is distilled off under reduced pressure.
  • the melted novolac resin is collected on a steel belt or the like.
  • the reaction mixture is dissolved in the hydrophilic solvent and added to a precipitating agent such as water, n-hexane and n-heptane to precipitate a novolak resin, and the precipitate is separated and dried by heating. It can also be recovered by doing so.
  • Resins used for the colored polymerizable composition include non-photosensitive resins such as thermoplastic resins and thermosetting resins and photosensitive resins. If necessary, the binder resin can be used alone or in admixture of two or more monomers or oligomers that are precursors thereof that are cured by irradiation with radiation to form a binder resin.
  • thermoplastic resin examples include butyral resin, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, chlorinated polyethylene, chlorinated polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl acetate, polyurethane resin, and polyester resin.
  • thermosetting resin examples include epoxy resin, benzoguanamine resin, rosin-modified maleic acid resin, rosin-modified fumaric acid resin, melamine resin, urea resin, phenol resin and the like.
  • photosensitive resin examples include (meth) acrylic compounds having a reactive substituent such as an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, and an epoxy group on a linear polymer having a reactive substituent such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an amino group.
  • a resin obtained by reacting an acid and introducing a photocrosslinkable group such as a (meth) acryloyl group or a styryl group into the linear polymer is used.
  • a linear polymer containing an acid anhydride such as a styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer or an ⁇ -olefin-maleic anhydride copolymer is converted into a (meth) acrylic compound having a hydroxyl group such as hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Half-esterified products are also used.
  • the colorant dispersion (E) and the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention include, if necessary, thermal polymerization inhibitors such as p-anisole, hydroquinone, pyrocatechol, t-butylcatechol and phenothiazine; Adhesion promoter; Filler; Antifoaming agent; Leveling agent; Surface conditioner; Antioxidant; Ultraviolet absorber; Dispersion aid; Aggregation inhibitor; Catalyst; Effect promoter; Cross-linking agent and thickener Additives can be added.
  • thermal polymerization inhibitors such as p-anisole, hydroquinone, pyrocatechol, t-butylcatechol and phenothiazine
  • Adhesion promoter Filler; Antifoaming agent; Leveling agent; Surface conditioner; Antioxidant; Ultraviolet absorber; Dispersion aid; Aggregation inhibitor; Catalyst; Effect promoter; Cross-linking agent and thickener Additives can be added.
  • a chain transfer agent a sensitizer, a surfactant, melamine, and the like can be used in combination with the colorant dispersion (E) and the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention.
  • a sulfur atom-containing compound is generally used.
  • Alkyl compounds trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptoisobutyrate), butanediol bis (3-mercaptoisobutyrate), hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, 1,4 Dimethyl mercaptobenzene, butanediol bisthiopropionate, butanediol bisthioglycolate, ethylene glycol bisthioglycolate, trimethylolpropane tristhioglycolate, butanediol bisthiopropionate, trimethylolpropane tristhiopropionate , Trimethylolpropane tristhioglycolate, pentaerythritol tetrakisthiopropionate, pentaerythritol tetrakisthioglycolate, trishydroxyethyl tristhiopropionate, the following compound no. C1, Karenz PE1 and NR1 manufactured by Showa D
  • the sensitizer examples include benzophenone, p, p′-tetramethyldiaminobenzophenone, p, p′- tetraethylaminobenzophenone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, anthrone, 9-ethoxyanthracene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, phenothiazine.
  • the surfactant examples include fluorine surfactants such as perfluoroalkyl phosphates and perfluoroalkyl carboxylates, anionic surfactants such as higher fatty acid alkali salts, alkyl sulfonates, and alkyl sulfates, and higher amines. Cationic surfactants such as halogenates and quaternary ammonium salts, nonionic surfactants such as polyethylene glycol alkyl ethers, polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters and fatty acid monoglycerides, amphoteric surfactants and silicone surfactants Surfactants such as agents can be used, and these may be used in combination.
  • fluorine surfactants such as perfluoroalkyl phosphates and perfluoroalkyl carboxylates
  • anionic surfactants such as higher fatty acid alkali salts, alkyl sulfonates, and alkyl sulfates,
  • Examples of the melamine compound include all or part of active methylol groups (CH 2 OH groups) in nitrogen compounds such as (poly) methylol melamine, (poly) methylol glycoluril, (poly) methylol benzoguanamine, and (poly) methylol urea. Mention may be made of compounds in which (at least two) are alkyl etherified.
  • examples of the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ether include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a butyl group, which may be the same or different.
  • methylol groups that are not alkyletherified may self-condense within one molecule or may be condensed between two molecules, resulting in the formation of an oligomer component.
  • hexamethoxymethyl melamine, hexabutoxymethyl melamine, tetramethoxymethyl glycoluril, tetrabutoxymethyl glycoluril, and the like can be used.
  • alkyl etherified melamines such as hexamethoxymethyl melamine and hexabutoxymethyl melamine are preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound (A), the colorant (B), the dispersant (C), the dispersion medium (D), the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F), and the polymerization initiator (G) The content of the optional components other than is appropriately selected according to the purpose of use and is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 parts by mass or less in total with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition.
  • the cured product obtained by curing the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention means a product obtained by polymerizing and curing the colored composition using heat or light.
  • the method for curing the colored polymerizable composition will be described below, but the curing method is not limited to these in the cured product of the present invention.
  • the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention is a known method such as spin coater, roll coater, bar coater, die coater, curtain coater, various printing, dipping, soda glass, quartz glass, semiconductor substrate, metal, paper and It can be applied on a supporting substrate such as plastic. Moreover, after once applying on support bases, such as a film, it can also transfer on another support base
  • the active light source used for curing the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention one that emits light having a wavelength of 300 to 450 nm can be used, for example, ultrahigh pressure mercury, mercury vapor arc, Carbon arc and xenon arc can be used.
  • the laser direct drawing method that directly forms an image from digital information such as a computer without using a mask improves not only productivity but also resolution and positional accuracy.
  • the laser beam light having a wavelength of 340 to 430 nm is preferably used, but an argon ion laser, a helium neon laser, a YAG laser, a semiconductor laser, etc. are visible to infrared region. Those that emit light are also used. When these lasers are used, a sensitizing dye that absorbs the region from visible to infrared is added.
  • the following steps (1) to (4) are repeated, and a color filter used for a liquid crystal display panel or the like can be produced by combining patterns of two or more colors.
  • a step of forming a coating film of the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention on a substrate (2) A step of irradiating the coating film with active light through a mask having a pattern shape (3) A film after curing Step of developing with developer (especially alkaline developer) (4) Step of heating the film after development
  • the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention (or a cured product thereof) is a color in a liquid crystal display panel of a color display such as a curable paint or varnish, an adhesive, a printed board, a color TV, a PC monitor, a portable information terminal, a digital camera, etc.
  • Black column spacers in color display liquid crystal display panels such as filters and digital cameras, color filters for CCD image sensors, black column spacers for CCD image sensors, black partition materials for organic EL, touch panels, electrode materials for plasma display panels, powders Manufactures coatings, printing inks, printing plates, adhesives, gel coats, electronics photoresists, electroplating resists, etching resists, both liquid and dry films, solder resists, insulating films, and color filters for various display applications.
  • Electroluminescent display device resist for forming structure in LCD manufacturing process, composition for encapsulating electrical and electronic components, solder resist, magnetic recording material, micro mechanical component, waveguide, optical switch, Masks for plating, etching masks, color test systems, glass fiber cable coatings, stencils for screen printing, materials for producing three-dimensional objects by stereolithography, holographic recording materials, image recording materials, fine electronic circuits, decolorizing materials Decolorizing material for image recording material, Decoloring material for image recording material using microcapsules, Photoresist material for printed wiring board, Photoresist material for UV and visible laser direct image system, Sequential lamination of printed circuit board Photoresist materials used for dielectric layer formation in Can be used for various applications such as protective film, there is no particular limitation on the application.
  • the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention can be preferably used for the purpose of forming a black matrix for a color filter when a black pigment is used as the colorant (B).
  • the above black matrix for color filter is particularly useful for a color filter for a display device for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display panel.
  • Carbon black no Production of 1 150 g of MA100 (carbon black manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) and 3000 ml of a deionized aqueous solution of sodium peroxodisulfate (concentration 2.0 N) were mixed and stirred at 60 ° C. for 10 hours. Thereafter, the mixed solution is filtered, and the resulting slurry is neutralized with sodium hydroxide and treated by diafiltration to obtain a solid. The obtained solid is dried at 75 ° C. overnight to obtain carbon as a black powder. Black No. 1 was obtained.
  • Carbon black no Production of 2 150 g of MA100 (Carbon Black manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) and 400 ml of sulfolane were mixed, 15 g of amidosulfuric acid was added, and the mixture was stirred at 140 to 150 ° C. for 10 hours. Thereafter, the resulting slurry was neutralized with lithium hydroxide and treated by diafiltration, and the resulting solid was dried at 75 ° C. overnight to obtain carbon black No. 4 as a black powder. 2 was obtained.
  • MA100 Carbon Black manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
  • the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 160 g of PGMEA, 59 g of biphthalic anhydride and 0.24 g of tetra-n-butylammonium bromide were added, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. for 4 hours. Further, 20 g of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride was added, and after stirring at 120 ° C. for 4 hours, at 100 ° C. for 3 hours, at 80 ° C. for 4 hours, at 60 ° C. for 6 hours, and at 40 ° C. for 11 hours, PGMEA 128 g was added to obtain a PGMEA solution As polymerizable compound No. 1 was obtained.
  • PGMEA 27 g was added to prepare a PGMEA solution As polymerizable compound No. 2 was obtained.
  • Comparative Production Example 1 Comparative polymerizable compound No. 1 Production of 1 9,9-bis (4-glycidyloxyphenyl) fluorene 75.0 g, acrylic acid 23.8 g, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol 0.273 g, tetrabutylammonium chloride 0.585 g And 65.9 g of PGMEA, and stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour, 100 ° C. for 1 hour, 110 ° C. for 1 hour and 120 ° C. for 14 hours.
  • Polymeric composition No. on glass substrate. 1 to 20 and comparative colored polymerizable composition No. 1-4 were spin-coated (1300 rpm, 50 seconds) and dried. After prebaking at 70 ° C. for 20 minutes, a 5% polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution was coated to form an oxygen barrier film. After drying at 70 ° C. for 20 minutes, using a predetermined photomask, using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, exposure was performed, followed by development by immersing in a 2.5% aqueous sodium carbonate solution at 25 ° C. for 30 seconds, and thoroughly washing with water. After washing with water and drying, the pattern was fixed by baking at 230 ° C. for 1 hour. About the obtained pattern, the following OD values, volume resistivity, and sensitivity were measured.
  • OD value The OD value of the obtained film was measured using a Macbeth transmission densitometer, and the OD value was divided by the film thickness after post-baking to calculate the OD value per 1 ⁇ m film thickness.
  • the exposure amount was increased from 20 mJ / cm 2 to 10 mJ / cm 2 intervals, and the minimum exposure amount at which the pattern was fixed well after development was confirmed.
  • the cured product of the colored polymerizable composition using the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is more sensitive than the cured product of the colored polymerizable composition using the colorant dispersion of the comparative example.
  • the colored dispersion of the present invention is useful as a raw material for a colored polymerizable composition for forming a color filter or the like because it can provide a colored polymerizable composition having high light shielding properties and capable of forming a high-definition and high-definition pattern. .

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a colorant dispersion liquid with which a colored polymerizable composition capable of forming a highly precise pattern having a high light-shielding property and high resistivity can be produced. The colorant dispersion liquid (E) is characterized by containing a polymerizable compound (A) represented by general formula (I), a colorant (B), a dispersant (C), and a dispersion medium (D). In the colorant dispersion liquid (E), the colorant (B) is preferably a black pigment. As the dispersant (C), a polymeric dispersant made from polyurethane having a nitrogen atom as a basic functional group is preferable. The colorant (B) is preferably a black pigment.

Description

着色剤分散液、着色重合性組成物及びカラーフィルタColorant dispersion, colored polymerizable composition, and color filter
 本発明は、着色剤分散液、本発明の着色剤分散液を含有する着色重合性組成物、上記着色重合性組成物が硬化してなる硬化物及びブラックマトリクス、並びに上記硬化物又は上記ブラックマトリクスを有するカラーフィルタに関する。 The present invention relates to a colorant dispersion, a colored polymerizable composition containing the colorant dispersion of the present invention, a cured product and a black matrix obtained by curing the colored polymerizable composition, and the cured product or the black matrix. The present invention relates to a color filter having
 従来、カラーフィルタは液晶表示装置等のカラー化の目的で広く用いられており、一般に赤、緑、青の画素がモザイク様に配置されている。このカラーフィルタを作成する方法としては、染色法、印刷法、インクジェット法、電着法、着色剤分散法等が知られている。特に、感光性ポリマー及び/又は感光性単量体と共に着色剤を分散させたカラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物を用いてフォトリソグラフィーによって微細画素を形成させる着色剤分散法は、画素の平坦性に優れていることからカラーフィルタ製造法の主流となっている。 Conventionally, color filters are widely used for the purpose of colorization of liquid crystal display devices and the like, and generally, red, green, and blue pixels are arranged in a mosaic pattern. As a method for producing this color filter, a dyeing method, a printing method, an ink jet method, an electrodeposition method, a colorant dispersion method and the like are known. In particular, a colorant dispersion method in which fine pixels are formed by photolithography using a color polymerizable composition for a color filter in which a colorant is dispersed together with a photosensitive polymer and / or a photosensitive monomer is used to improve pixel flatness. Because of its superiority, it has become the mainstream color filter manufacturing method.
 カラーフィルタ用着色性組成物は、顔料、溶剤、分散剤、光重合性不飽和化合物、光重合開始剤等を含有するものである。光重合開始剤を含有する着色性組成物は、紫外線又は電子線を照射することによって重合硬化させることができるので、カラーフィルタを構成するフィルタセグメント等に有用である。該フィルタセグメントは、ガラス基板等に感光性材料を塗布して得られる塗工物から余剰の溶剤を乾燥除去した後、該塗工物に画素形成のためのフォトマスクを介して露光により活性エネルギー線を照射し、硬化(ネガ型)又はアルカリ溶解度を高め(ポジ型)、次いでアルカリ溶液等で溶解する部分を除去した後に、ポストベイクという230度以上の加熱を施すことにより形成される。
 上記カラーフィルタ用着色性組成物において顔料を用いる場合、着色性組成物を調製する際には顔料を予め樹脂や分散媒に分散させた顔料分散液を作成することが一般的である。
The color filter coloring composition contains a pigment, a solvent, a dispersant, a photopolymerizable unsaturated compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and the like. Since the coloring composition containing a photopolymerization initiator can be polymerized and cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays or an electron beam, it is useful for a filter segment constituting a color filter. The filter segment is formed by removing excess solvent from a coated product obtained by applying a photosensitive material on a glass substrate or the like, and then exposing the coated material to active energy by exposure through a photomask for pixel formation. It is formed by applying a heat of 230 ° C. or more called post-baking after irradiating a wire, increasing the curing (negative type) or increasing the alkali solubility (positive type), and then removing the portion dissolved with an alkali solution or the like.
In the case of using a pigment in the color filter coloring composition, it is general to prepare a pigment dispersion in which the pigment is previously dispersed in a resin or a dispersion medium when the coloring composition is prepared.
 近年、カラー撮像素子、カラー液晶テレビの高品質化を反映し、表示パネルの高精細が強く求められている。その為、遮光性が高く、高抵抗で高精細なブラックマトリクスが形成できるカラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物が検討されている。しかし、既存のカラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物では遮光性と高抵抗を両立するブラックマトリクスが得られないという問題がある。 In recent years, there has been a strong demand for high-definition display panels reflecting the high quality of color image sensors and color LCD televisions. Therefore, a colored polymerizable composition for a color filter that has a high light-shielding property and can form a high-definition and high-definition black matrix has been studied. However, the existing colored polymerizable composition for a color filter has a problem that a black matrix having both light shielding properties and high resistance cannot be obtained.
 特許文献1には、分散樹脂として酸変性ノボラックエポキシアクリレート又は酸変性ビスフェノールAエポキシアクリレートを用いた着色重合性組成物が開示されている。
 特許文献2には、カーボンブラックの被覆材としてノボラック型ビスフェノールAエポキシアクリレートを用いた光硬化性組成物が開示され、特許文献3には、アルカリ可溶性樹脂としてノボラック型ビスフェノールAエポキシアクリレートの酸変性物を用いた感光性組成物が開示されている。
 しかし、現在望まれている、遮光性が高く、且つ高抵抗で高精細なカラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物は得られていない。
Patent Document 1 discloses a colored polymerizable composition using acid-modified novolak epoxy acrylate or acid-modified bisphenol A epoxy acrylate as a dispersion resin.
Patent Document 2 discloses a photocurable composition using novolak bisphenol A epoxy acrylate as a coating material for carbon black, and Patent Document 3 discloses an acid-modified product of novolac bisphenol A epoxy acrylate as an alkali-soluble resin. A photosensitive composition using the above is disclosed.
However, a colored polymerizable composition for a color filter that has a high light-shielding property, a high resistance, and a high definition, which is currently desired, has not been obtained.
特開2010-014961号公報JP 2010-014961 A 特開2003-015278号公報JP 2003-015278 A WO2008/023675号パンフレットWO2008 / 023675 pamphlet
 従って、本発明の目的は、着色剤分散液、本発明の着色剤分散液を含有する着色重合性組成物、上記着色重合性組成物が硬化してなる硬化物及びブラックマトリクス、並びに上記硬化物又は上記ブラックマトリクスを有するカラーフィルタを提供することにある。また本発明の目的は、遮光性が高く、高抵抗で高精細なパターンの形成が可能な着色重合性組成物、特に、着色剤としてカーボンブラックを使用する場合に遮光性が高く、高抵抗で高精細なパターンの形成が可能な着色重合性組成物を提供することにある。 Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a colorant dispersion, a colored polymerizable composition containing the colorant dispersion of the present invention, a cured product and a black matrix obtained by curing the colored polymerizable composition, and the cured product. Another object is to provide a color filter having the black matrix. The object of the present invention is also a colored polymerizable composition having a high light-shielding property and capable of forming a high-definition and high-definition pattern, particularly when carbon black is used as a colorant, and has a high light-shielding property and high resistance. An object of the present invention is to provide a colored polymerizable composition capable of forming a high-definition pattern.
 本発明者らは上記課題を鋭意検討したところ、下記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物(A)、着色剤(B)、分散剤(C)及び分散媒(D)を含む着色剤分散液(E)、並びに、当該着色剤分散液(E)、エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)及び重合開始剤(G)を含有する着色重合性組成物が、上記課題を解決しうることを知見し、本発明に到達した。 The present inventors diligently studied the above-mentioned problems, and as a result, a colorant containing a polymerizable compound (A) represented by the following general formula (I), a colorant (B), a dispersant (C) and a dispersion medium (D). A colored polymerizable composition containing an agent dispersion (E) and the colorant dispersion (E), an ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) and a polymerization initiator (G) can solve the above-mentioned problems. As a result, the present invention has been achieved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(式中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
 Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
 Y、Y、Y、Y、Y及びY(以下、Y~Yとも表記)は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基又は複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基を表し、
 Yが複数存在する場合、複数のYはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、Yが複数存在する場合、複数のYはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
 Z、Z、Z、Z、Z及びZ(以下、Z~Zとも表記)は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、カルボキシル基で置換された炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基又はカルボキシル基で置換された複素環を含有する炭素原子数1~20の基を表し、
 Zが複数存在する場合、複数のZはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、Zが複数存在する場合、複数のZはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
 Y~Y及びZ~Zで表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基並びにY~Y及びZ~Zで表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基の水素原子はハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、エポキシ基、ビニル基、メルカプト基、イソシアネート基、又は複素環を含有する基で置換される場合があり、Y~Y及びZ~Zで表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基並びにY~Y及びZ~Zで表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基中のメチレン基は-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-SO-、-SCO-又は-COS-で置換される場合があり、
 M、M及びM(以下、M~Mとも表記)は、それぞれ独立に、炭素原子数1~5のアルカンジイル基、炭素原子数3~10のシクロアルキルジイル基又はスルホニル基を表し、
 M~Mで表される炭素原子数1~5のアルカンジイル基及びM~Mで表される炭素原子数3~10のシクロアルキルジイル基の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数6~12のアリール基で置換される場合があり、
 Mが複数存在する場合、複数のMはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
 mは0又は10以下の正の数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
If R 3 there are a plurality or multiple R 3 are each identical or different if also there if R 4 there are a plurality or multiple of R 4 are each identical or different case,
Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 and Y 6 (hereinafter also referred to as Y 1 to Y 6 ) are each independently a single bond, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic ring. Represents a group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing
If Y 3 there are multiple, or a plurality of Y 3 are respectively the same or different when there is also located if Y 4 there are a plurality, or a plurality of Y 4 are each the same or different case,
Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , Z 5 and Z 6 (hereinafter also referred to as Z 1 to Z 6 ) each independently have 1 to 20 carbon atoms substituted with a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group. Represents a group of 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a carboxyl group,
If Z 3 there are multiple, there are a plurality of Z 3 are each identical or different case, there if Z 4 there are a plurality, or more Z 4 are each identical or different case,
Y 1 ~ Y 6 and Z 1 ~ 2 carbon atoms containing a hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic ring represented by Y 1 ~ Y 6 and Z 1 ~ Z 6 having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Z 6 The hydrogen atom in the groups of 20 to 20 is a group containing a halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, amino group, carboxyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, epoxy group, vinyl group, mercapto group, isocyanate group, or heterocyclic ring complex in may be substituted, represented by Y 1 - Y 6 and Z 1 hydrocarbon group and Y 1 of ~ 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Z 6 ~ Y 6 and Z 1 - Z 6 The methylene group in the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a ring is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —SCO— or —COS—. May be replaced,
M 1 , M 2 and M 3 (hereinafter also referred to as M 1 to M 3 ) are each independently an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group Represents
Hydrogen atoms of a cycloalkyl-diyl group which M 1 ~ 3 to 10 carbon atoms represented by alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and M 1 ~ M 3 represented by M 3 represents a halogen atom, a carbon atom And may be substituted with an alkyl group of 1 to 5 or an aryl group of 6 to 12 carbon atoms,
If M 2 there are a plurality, there are a plurality of M 2 are each identical or different case,
m represents a positive number of 0 or 10 or less. )
 また、本発明は、上記着色重合性組成物が硬化してなる硬化物、上記着色重合性組成物が硬化してなるブラックマトリクス、及び上記硬化物又は上記ブラックマトリクスを有するカラーフィルタを提供するものである。 The present invention also provides a cured product obtained by curing the colored polymerizable composition, a black matrix obtained by curing the colored polymerizable composition, and a color filter having the cured product or the black matrix. It is.
 以下、本発明の着色剤分散液(E)及び着色重合性組成物について、好ましい実施形態に基づき説明する。 Hereinafter, the colorant dispersion (E) and the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention will be described based on preferred embodiments.
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)は、上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物(A)、着色剤(B)、分散剤(C)及び分散媒(D)を含むことを特徴とする着色剤分散液である。 The colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention contains the polymerizable compound (A) represented by the general formula (I), the colorant (B), the dispersant (C) and the dispersion medium (D). The colorant dispersion is characterized.
<重合性化合物(A)>
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)に用いられる重合性化合物(A)は、上記一般式(I)で表される化合物であればよく、特に限定されるものではないが、着色剤の分散性に優れることから、下記一般式(II)で示される化合物が特に好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound (A)>
The polymerizable compound (A) used in the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound represented by the above general formula (I). Since it is excellent in property, the compound shown by the following general formula (II) is especially preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(式中、R11、R12、R13、R14、R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
 R13が複数存在する場合、複数のR13はそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
 R14が複数存在する場合、複数のR14はそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
 Z、Z、Z、Z、Z及びZ(以下、Z~Zとも表記)は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、カルボキシル基で置換された炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基又はカルボキシル基で置換された複素環を含有する炭素原子数1~20の基を表し、
 Z13が複数存在する場合、複数のZはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
 Z14が複数存在する場合、複数のZはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
 Z11~Z16で表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基及びZ11~Z16で表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基の水素原子はハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、エポキシ基、ビニル基、メルカプト基、イソシアネート基、又は複素環を含有する基で置換される場合があり、Z11~Z16で表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基及びZ11~Z16で表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基中のメチレン基は-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-SO-、-SCO-又は-COS-で置換される場合があり、
 nは0又は10以下の正の数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(Wherein R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
If R 13 there are a plurality There are several R 13 are each identical or different case,
If R 14 there are a plurality There are several R 14 are each identical or different case,
Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , Z 5 and Z 6 (hereinafter also referred to as Z 1 to Z 6 ) each independently have 1 to 20 carbon atoms substituted with a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group. Represents a group of 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a carboxyl group,
When there are a plurality of Z 13 , the plurality of Z 3 may be the same or different,
When there are a plurality of Z 14 , the plurality of Z 4 may be the same or different,
Z 11 of ~ 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Z 16 hydrogen atoms of the hydrocarbon group and Z 11 ~ 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing heterocyclic ring represented by Z 16 is a halogen atom, a nitro May be substituted with a group containing a group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a methacryloyl group, an acryloyl group, an epoxy group, a vinyl group, a mercapto group, an isocyanate group, or a heterocyclic group, and Z 11 to Z The methylene group in the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by 16 and the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing the heterocyclic ring represented by Z 11 to Z 16 is —O—, —CO—. , -COO -, - OCO -, - S -, - SO 2 -, - SCO- or -COS- with may be substituted,
n represents a positive number of 0 or 10 or less. )
 上記一般式(I)及び(II)中のY~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16は、単結合、炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基又は複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基を表す。Y~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16が炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基又は複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基を表す場合、Y~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16で表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基の水素原子、並びにY~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16で表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、エポキシ基、ビニル基、メルカプト基、イソシアネート基又は複素環を含有する基で置換される場合がある。また、Y~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16が炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基又は複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基を表し、且つ、炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基又は複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基がメチレン基を有する場合、該メチレン基は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-SO-、-SCO-又は-COS-で置換される場合がある。 Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 in the general formulas (I) and (II) each contain a single bond, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic ring. Represents a group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. When Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring, Y 1 to Y 6, Z 1 of ~ Z 6 and Z 11 ~ 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Z 16 hydrogen atoms of the hydrocarbon group, and in Y 1 ~ Y 6, Z 1 ~ Z 6 and Z 11 ~ Z 16 The hydrogen atom of the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing the heterocyclic ring represented is a halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, amino group, carboxyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, epoxy group, vinyl group, It may be substituted with a mercapto group, an isocyanate group or a group containing a heterocyclic ring. Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 each represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring, and carbon When the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 atoms or the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocycle has a methylene group, the methylene group is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—. , -S-, -SO 2- , -SCO- or -COS-.
 Y~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16で表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基は、特に限定されるものではないが、好ましくは炭素原子数1~20のアルカンジイル基、炭素原子数2~20のアルケンジイル基、炭素原子数3~20のシクロアルカンジイル基、炭素原子数4~20のシクロアルキルアルカンジイル基、炭素原子数6~20のアリールジイル基及び炭素原子数7~20のアリールアルカンジイル基等を表す。 The hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 is not particularly limited, but preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms. An alkanediyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkanediyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylalkanediyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryldiyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and Represents an arylalkanediyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
 上記炭素原子数1~20のアルカンジイル基としては、例えば、メタンジイル、エタンジイル、プロパンジイル、イソプロパンジイル、ブタンジイル、イソブタンジイル、s-ブタンジイル、t-ブタンジイル、ペンタンジイル、イソペンタンジイル、t-ペンタンジイル、ヘキサンジイル、ヘプタンジイル、オクタンジイル、イソオクタンジイル、2-エチルヘキサンジイル、t-オクタンジイル、ノナンジイル、イソノナンジイル、デカンジイル、イソデカンジイル、ウンデカンジイル、ドデカンジイル、テトラデカンジイル、ヘキサデカンジイル及びオクタデカンジイル挙げられる。 Examples of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, isopropanediyl, butanediyl, isobutanediyl, s-butanediyl, t-butanediyl, pentanediyl, isopentanediyl, t-pentanediyl, hexane Diyl, heptanediyl, octanediyl, isooctanediyl, 2-ethylhexanediyl, t-octanediyl, nonanediyl, isononanediyl, decanediyl, isodecanediyl, undecanediyl, dodecanediyl, tetradecanediyl, hexadecanediyl and octadecanediyl.
 上記炭素原子数2~20のアルケンジイル基としては、例えば、エタンジイル、プロペンジイル、3-ブテンジイル、2-ブテンジイル、4-ペンテンジイル、3-ペンテンジイル、2-ヘキセンジイル、3-ヘキセンジイル、5-ヘキセンジイル、2-ヘプテンジイル、3-ヘプテンジイル、4-ヘプテンジイル、3-オクテンジイル、3-ノネンジイル、4-デセンジイル、3-ウンデセンジイル、4-ドデセニンジイル及び3-シクロヘキセンジイル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkenediyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include ethanediyl, propenediyl, 3-butenediyl, 2-butenediyl, 4-pentenediyl, 3-pentenediyl, 2-hexenediyl, 3-hexenediyl, 5-hexenediyl, and 2-heptenediyl. 3-heptenediyl, 4-heptenediyl, 3-octenediyl, 3-nonenediyl, 4-decenediyl, 3-undecenediyl, 4-dodeceninediyl, 3-cyclohexenediyl and the like.
 上記炭素原子数3~20のシクロアルカンジイル基とは、3~20の炭素原子を有する、飽和単環式又は飽和多環式アルキル基を意味する。上記炭素原子数3~20のシクロアルカンジイル基としては、例えば、シクロプロパンジイル、シクロブタンジイル、シクロペンタンジイル、シクロヘキサンジイル、シクロヘプタンジイル、シクロオクタンジイル、シクロノナンジイル、シクロデカンジイル、アダマンタンジイル、デカハイドロナフタレンジイル、オクタヒドロペンタンジイル、ビシクロ[1.1.1]ペンタンジイル及びテトラデカヒドロアントラセンジイル等が挙げられる。 The above-mentioned cycloalkanediyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms means a saturated monocyclic or saturated polycyclic alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the cycloalkanediyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include cyclopropanediyl, cyclobutanediyl, cyclopentanediyl, cyclohexanediyl, cycloheptanediyl, cyclooctanediyl, cyclononanediyl, cyclodecandidiyl, adamantanediyl, Examples include decahydronaphthalenediyl, octahydropentanediyl, bicyclo [1.1.1] pentanediyl, and tetradecahydroanthracenediyl.
 上記炭素原子数4~20のシクロアルキルアルカンジイル基とは、アルカンジイル基の水素原子が、シクロアルキル基で置換された4~20の炭素原子を有する基を意味する。上記炭素原子数4~20のシクロアルキルアルカンジイル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピルメタンジイル、シクロブチルメタンジイル、シクロペンチルメタンジイル、シクロヘキシルメタンジイル、シクロヘプチルメタンジイル、シクロオクチルメタンジイル、シクロノニルメタンジイル、シクロデシルメタンジイル、2-シクロブチルエタンジイル、2-シクロペンチルエタンジイル、2-シクロヘキシルエタンジイル、2-シクロヘプチルエタンジイル、2-シクロオクチルエタンジイル、2-シクロノニルエタンジイル、2-シクロデシルエタンジイル、3-シクロブチルプロパンジイル、3-シクロペンチルプロパンジイル、3-シクロヘキシルプロパンジイル、3-シクロヘプチルプロパンジイル、3-シクロオクチルプロパンジイル、3-シクロノニルプロパンジイル、3-シクロデシルプロパンジイル、4-シクロブチルブタンジイル、4-シクロペンチルブタンジイル、4-シクロヘキシルブタンジイル、4-シクロヘプチルブタンジイル、4-シクロオクチルブタンジイル、4-シクロノニルブタンジイル、4-シクロデシルブタンジイル、3-3-アダマンチルプロパンジイル及びデカハイドロナフチルプロパンジイル等が挙げられる。 The cycloalkyl alkanediyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms means a group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom of the alkanediyl group is substituted with a cycloalkyl group. Examples of the cycloalkylalkanediyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms include cyclopropylmethanediyl, cyclobutylmethanediyl, cyclopentylmethanediyl, cyclohexylmethanediyl, cycloheptylmethanediyl, cyclooctylmethanediyl, and cyclononylmethanediyl. , Cyclodecylmethanediyl, 2-cyclobutylethanediyl, 2-cyclopentylethanediyl, 2-cyclohexylethanediyl, 2-cycloheptylethanediyl, 2-cyclooctylethanediyl, 2-cyclononylethanediyl, 2-cyclodecyl Ethanediyl, 3-cyclobutylpropanediyl, 3-cyclopentylpropanediyl, 3-cyclohexylpropanediyl, 3-cycloheptylpropanediyl, 3-cyclooctylpropaprop Diyl, 3-cyclononylpropanediyl, 3-cyclodecylpropanediyl, 4-cyclobutylbutanediyl, 4-cyclopentylbutanediyl, 4-cyclohexylbutanediyl, 4-cycloheptylbutanediyl, 4-cyclooctylbutanediyl, 4 -Cyclononylbutanediyl, 4-cyclodecylbutanediyl, 3-3-adamantylpropanediyl, decahydronaphthylpropanediyl and the like.
 上記炭素原子数6~20のアリールジイル基としては、例えば、ベンゼンジイル、トルエンジイル、キシレンジイル、エチルベンゼンジイル、ナフタレンジイル、アントラセンジイル、フェナントレンジイル及びビフェニルジイル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryldiyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include benzenediyl, toluenediyl, xylenediyl, ethylbenzenediyl, naphthalenediyl, anthracenediyl, phenanthrenediyl and biphenyldiyl.
 上記炭素原子数7~30のアリールアルカンジイル基とは、アルカンジイル基の水素原子が、アリール基で置換された7~30の炭素原子を有する基を意味する。上記炭素原子数7~30のアリールアルカンジイル基としては、例えば、ベンジル、α-メチルベンジル、α、α-ジメチルベンジル、フェニルエチル及びナフチルプロピル等が挙げられ、上記炭素原子数7~20のアリールアルキル基とは、アルキル基の水素原子が、アリール基で置換された7~30の炭素原子を有する基を意味する。例えば、ベンジル、α-メチルベンジル、α、α-ジメチルベンジル及びフェニルエチル等が挙げられる。 The arylalkanediyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms means a group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom of the alkanediyl group is substituted with an aryl group. Examples of the arylalkanediyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms include benzyl, α-methylbenzyl, α, α-dimethylbenzyl, phenylethyl, naphthylpropyl, etc., and the aryl having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. An alkyl group means a group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is substituted with an aryl group. Examples include benzyl, α-methylbenzyl, α, α-dimethylbenzyl, phenylethyl and the like.
 Y~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16で表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基とは、複素環を少なくとも一つ含有し、基全体の炭素数が2~20の基を意味する。複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基としては、例えば、ピロールジイル、ピリジンジイル、ピリジルエタンジイル、ピリミジンジイル、ピペラジンジイル、ピペリジンジル、ピランジイル、ピラニルエタンジイル、ピラゾリンジイル、トリアジンジイル、トリアジルメタンジイル、キノリンジイル、イソキノリンジイル、イミダゾリンジイル、ベンゾイミダゾンジリル、フランジイル、ベンゾフランジイル、チオフェエンジイル、ベンゾチオフェンジイル、チアジアゾリル、チアゾリル、ベンゾチアゾリル、オキサゾリル、ベンゾオキサゾリル、イソチアゾールジイル、イソオキサゾンジリル、インドリールジイル、モルフォリンジイル及びチオモルフォリンジイル等が挙げられる。複素環を含有する基における該複素環が置換基を有する場合には、基全体の炭素原子数は、20を超えている場合があり。複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基における該複素環が置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、エポキシ基、ビニル基、メルカプト基又はイソシアネート基が挙げられる。 The group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring represented by Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 includes at least one heterocyclic ring, and the carbon of the entire group It means a group having 2 to 20 numbers. Examples of the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring include pyrrole diyl, pyridinediyl, pyridylethanediyl, pyrimidinediyl, piperazinediyl, piperidinyl, pyrandiyl, pyranylethanediyl, pyrazolinediyl, triazinediyl, triazyl Methanediyl, quinolinediyl, isoquinolinediyl, imidazolinediyl, benzimidazolonedilyl, frangyl, benzofurandyl, thiophenediyl, benzothiophenediyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isothiazolediyl, isoxa Examples include zondiryl, indoyl diyl, morpholine diyl and thiomorpholine diyl. When the heterocyclic ring in a group containing a heterocyclic ring has a substituent, the total number of carbon atoms in the group may exceed 20. When the heterocyclic ring in a group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a methacryloyl group, Examples include an acryloyl group, an epoxy group, a vinyl group, a mercapto group, or an isocyanate group.
 上記M~Mで表される炭素原子数1~5のアルカンジイル基としては、例えば、メタンジイル、エタンジイル、プロパンジイル、ブタンジイル及びブタンジイル等が挙げられる。着色剤(B)との相溶性が良好なことから、上記M~Mで表される炭素原子数1~5のアルカンジイル基は、メタンジイル、エタンジイル及びプロパンジイルであることが好ましく、プロパンジイルであることが最も好ましい。 Examples of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by M 1 to M 3 include methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, butanediyl and butanediyl. In view of good compatibility with the colorant (B), the alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by M 1 to M 3 is preferably methanediyl, ethanediyl or propanediyl. Most preferred is diyl.
 上記M~Mで表される炭素原子数3~10のシクロアルキルジイル基とは、3~10の炭素原子を有する、飽和単環式又は飽和多環式アルキルジイル基を意味する。上記M~Mで表される炭素原子数3~10のシクロアルキルジイル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピルジイル、シクロブチルジイル、シクロペンチルジイル、シクロヘキシルジイル、シクロヘプチルジイル、シクロオクチルジイル、シクロノニルジイル、シクロデシルジイル、アダマンチルジイル、デカハイドロナフチルジイル、オクタヒドロペンタレンジイル及びビシクロ[1.1.1]ペンタニルジイル等が挙げられ、重合性化合物(A)の着色剤との相溶性が良好であり、分散性が良好なことからビシクロ[1.1.1]ペンタニルジイルがより好ましい。 The cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms represented by M 1 to M 3 means a saturated monocyclic or saturated polycyclic alkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms represented by M 1 to M 3 include cyclopropyldiyl, cyclobutyldiyl, cyclopentyldiyl, cyclohexyldiyl, cycloheptyldiyl, cyclooctyldiyl, and cyclononyl. Diyl, cyclodecyldiyl, adamantyldiyl, decahydronaphthyldiyl, octahydropentalenediyl, bicyclo [1.1.1] pentanyldiyl, etc. are mentioned, and the compatibility with the colorant of the polymerizable compound (A) is good. In addition, bicyclo [1.1.1] pentanyldiyl is more preferable because of good dispersibility.
 上記M~Mで表される炭素原子数1~5のアルカンジイル基及び炭素原子数3~10のシクロアルキルジイル基の水素原子を置換し得る炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル、エチル、プロピル、イソプロピル、ブチル、イソブチル、s-ブチル、t-ブチル、ペンチル、イソペンチル及びt-ペンチル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms that can replace the hydrogen atom of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and the cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms represented by M 1 to M 3 above. Examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl and t-pentyl.
 上記M~Mで表される炭素原子数1~5のアルカンジイル基及び炭素原子数3~10のシクロアルキルジイル基の水素原子を置換し得る炭素原子数6~12のアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル、トリル、キシリル、エチルフェニル及びナフチル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms that can replace the hydrogen atoms of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and the cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms represented by the above M 1 to M 3 Examples thereof include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, ethylphenyl and naphthyl.
 Y~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16で表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基の水素原子、Y~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16で表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基の水素原子、M~Mで表される炭素原子数1~5のアルカンジイル基、並びにM~Mで表される炭素原子数3~10のシクロアルキルジイル基の水素原子を置換し得るハロゲン原子としては、フッ素、塩素、臭素、ヨウ素が挙げられる。 A hydrogen atom of a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 , Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to hydrogen atom of the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing heterocyclic ring represented by Z 16, alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by M 1 ~ M 3, as well as in M 1 ~ M 3 Examples of the halogen atom that can replace the hydrogen atom of the cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
 Y~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16で表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基の水素原子、並びにY~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16で表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基の水素原子を置換し得る複素環を含有する基としては、Y~Y、Z~Z及びZ11~Z16で表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基として例示したものが挙げられる。 A hydrogen atom of a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 to Z 16 , and Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11 Examples of the group containing a heterocyclic ring capable of substituting a hydrogen atom of a group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring represented by ˜Z 16 include Y 1 to Y 6 , Z 1 to Z 6 and Z 11. include those exemplified as the group ~ having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing heterocyclic ring represented by Z 16.
 上記一般式(I)において、mは0又は10以下の正の数である。分散媒(D)への相溶性がよく、着色剤の分散性が良好なことからmが2~10が好ましい。mが2より小さいと着色剤の分散性が悪く、mが10より大きいと分散剤への溶解性が悪い。 In the above general formula (I), m is a positive number of 0 or 10 or less. M is preferably 2 to 10 because of good compatibility with the dispersion medium (D) and good dispersibility of the colorant. When m is less than 2, the dispersibility of the colorant is poor, and when m is greater than 10, the solubility in the dispersant is poor.
 上記一般式(II)において、nは0又は10以下の正の数である。分散媒(D)への相溶性がよく、着色剤(B)の分散性が良好なことから、nが2~10が好ましい。nが2より小さいと着色剤(B)の分散性が悪く、nが10より大きいと分散剤(C)への溶解性が悪い。 In the general formula (II), n is a positive number of 0 or 10 or less. N is preferably 2 to 10 because of good compatibility with the dispersion medium (D) and good dispersibility of the colorant (B). When n is smaller than 2, the dispersibility of the colorant (B) is poor, and when n is larger than 10, the solubility in the dispersant (C) is poor.
 重合性化合物(A)は、下記[化3]の反応式に従って、製造することができる。即ち、重合性化合物(A)の製造方法は公知であり、市販されているエポキシ化合物とアクリル酸等の不飽和一塩基酸とを反応させることにより下記化合物A-1を得ることができ、得られた化合物A-1を更に無水フタル酸等の多塩基酸と反応させることにより、下記化合物A-2を得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
The polymerizable compound (A) can be produced according to the following reaction formula [Chemical Formula 3]. That is, the production method of the polymerizable compound (A) is known, and the following compound A-1 can be obtained by reacting a commercially available epoxy compound with an unsaturated monobasic acid such as acrylic acid. By further reacting the obtained compound A-1 with a polybasic acid such as phthalic anhydride, the following compound A-2 can be obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 エポキシ化合物と反応させる上記不飽和一塩基酸としては、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、2-アクリロイロキシエチルフタル酸、2-メタクリロイロキシエチルフタル酸、2-アクリロイロキシエチルコハク酸、2-メタクリロイロキシエチルコハク酸、2-アクリロイルオキシエチルサクシネート、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルサクシネート、2-アクリロキシエチル-2-ヒドロキシエチルフタル酸、2-メタクリロキシエチル-2-ヒドロキシエチルフタル酸、2-アクリロキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、2-メタクリロキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、ペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートコハク酸変性物、ペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートフタル酸変性物、ペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートコハク酸変性物及びペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートフタル酸変性物等が挙げられる。
 取り扱いが容易で反応率が高いことから、不飽和一塩基酸としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸が好ましく、得られる重合性化合物(A)の反応性が良好なことからアクリル酸が最も好ましい。
 上記不飽和一塩基酸としては市販品を用いることができる。不飽和一塩基酸の市販品としては、NKエステルA-SA、SA、CB-1(新中村化学工業社製)、ライトエステルA、HOA-MS、HO-MS、HOA-MPE、HOA-HH、HOA-MPL、DPE6A-MS、PE3A-MS、DPE6A-MP及びPE3A-MP(共栄社社製)及びアロニックスM-5300(東亞合成)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the unsaturated monobasic acid to be reacted with the epoxy compound include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, 2-acryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid, 2-acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, -Methacryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, 2-acryloyloxyethyl succinate, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinate, 2-acryloxyethyl-2-hydroxyethylphthalic acid, 2-methacryloxyethyl-2-hydroxyethylphthalic acid, 2-acryloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2-methacryloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, pentaerythritol pentaacrylate succinic acid modified product, pentaerythritol pentaacrylate phthalic acid modified product, pentaerythritol pentaacrylate Succinic acid-modified products, and pentaerythritol pentaacrylate phthalic acid-modified products, and the like.
As the unsaturated monobasic acid, acrylic acid and methacrylic acid are preferable because they are easy to handle and the reaction rate is high, and acrylic acid is most preferable because the resulting polymerizable compound (A) has good reactivity.
A commercial item can be used as said unsaturated monobasic acid. Commercially available unsaturated monobasic acids include NK ester A-SA, SA, CB-1 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), light ester A, HOA-MS, HO-MS, HOA-MPE, HOA-HH. , HOA-MPL, DPE6A-MS, PE3A-MS, DPE6A-MP and PE3A-MP (manufactured by Kyoeisha) and Aronix M-5300 (Toagosei).
 上記化合物A-1と反応させる上記多塩基酸無水物としては、例えば、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、無水コハク酸、無水マレイン酸、トリメリット酸無水物、ピロメリット酸無水物、2,2'-3,3'-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸無水物、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、メチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ナジック酸無水物、メチルナジック酸無水物及びドデセニル無水コハク酸等が挙げられる。 Examples of the polybasic acid anhydride to be reacted with the compound A-1 include biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, and pyromellitic anhydride. 2,2′-3,3′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, nadic acid anhydride, methyl nadic acid anhydride, dodecenyl succinic anhydride and the like.
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)には、重合性化合物(A)の他、後述のエチレン性不飽和化合物(F)を含有する場合がある。本発明の着色剤分散液(E)におけるエチレン性不飽和化合物(F)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、重合性化合物(A)100質量部に対して、10質量部以下が好ましい。 The colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention may contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) described later in addition to the polymerizable compound (A). The content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) in the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is 10 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound (A). Is preferred.
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)において、重合性化合物(A)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、着色剤分散液(E)の固形分の合計100質量部中、着色剤の分散性が良好なことから、好ましくは1~30質量部、より好ましくは、3~20質量部である。上記重合性化合物(A)の含有量が1質量部より小さいと、着色剤の分散性が劣る場合があり、30質量部より大きいと、十分な着色を発現できない場合がある。
 着色剤分散液(E)を用いて、例えば、ブラックマトリクス用着色組成物を製造する場合には、着色剤分散液(E)における重合性化合物(A)の含有量は、着色剤分散液(E)固形分の合計100質量部中、好ましくは1~30質量部、より好ましくは、3~20質量部である。
In the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention, the content of the polymerizable compound (A) is not particularly limited, but it is colored in a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colorant dispersion (E). From the viewpoint of good dispersibility of the agent, the amount is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass. When the content of the polymerizable compound (A) is smaller than 1 part by mass, the dispersibility of the colorant may be inferior, and when it is larger than 30 parts by mass, sufficient coloring may not be expressed.
For example, in the case of producing a black matrix coloring composition using the colorant dispersion (E), the content of the polymerizable compound (A) in the colorant dispersion (E) is determined according to the colorant dispersion ( E) The total solid content is 100 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass.
<着色剤(B)>
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)に用いられる着色剤(B)としては、顔料及び染料を用いることができる。顔料及び染料としては、それぞれ無機色材又は有機色材を用いることができ、これらを単独、又は2種以上を混合して用いることができる。ここで、顔料とは、後述の分散媒(D)に不溶の着色剤を指し、無機又は有機色材あるいは無機又は有機染料の中でも分散媒(D)に不溶であるもの、あるいは無機又は有機染料をレーキ化したものも含まれる。
<Colorant (B)>
As the colorant (B) used in the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention, pigments and dyes can be used. As the pigment and the dye, an inorganic color material or an organic color material can be used, respectively, and these can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. Here, the pigment refers to a colorant that is insoluble in the dispersion medium (D) described below, and among inorganic or organic colorants or inorganic or organic dyes, those that are insoluble in the dispersion medium (D), or inorganic or organic dyes The raked version is also included.
 上記、顔料としては、ファーネス法、チャンネル法又はサーマル法によって得られるカーボンブラック、或いはアセチレンブラック、ケッチェンブラック又はランプブラック等のカーボンブラック、上記カーボンブラックをエポキシ樹脂で調整又は被覆したもの、上記カーボンブラックを予め溶剤中で樹脂で分散処理し、20~200mg/gの樹脂で被覆させたもの、上記カーボンブラックを酸性又はアルカリ性表面処理したもの、平均粒径が8nm以上でDBP吸油量が90ml/100g以下のカーボンブラック、950℃における揮発分中のCO及びCOから算出した全酸素量が、表面積100m当たり9mg以上であるカーボンブラック、黒鉛、黒鉛化カーボンブラック、活性炭、炭素繊維、カーボンナノチューブ、カーボンマイクロコイル、カーボンナノホーン、カーボンエアロゲル、フラーレン、アニリンブラック、ペリレンブラック、ラクタムブラック、ピグメントブラック7、チタンブラック等に代表される黒色顔料、酸化クロム緑、ミロリブルー、コバルト緑、コバルト青、マンガン系、フェロシアン化物、リン酸塩群青、紺青、ウルトラマリン、セルリアンブルー、ピリジアン、エメラルドグリーン、硫酸鉛、黄色鉛、亜鉛黄、べんがら(赤色酸化鉄(III))、カドミウム赤、合成鉄黒、アンバー、レーキ顔料等の有機又は無機顔料等が挙げられ、遮光性が高いことから黒色顔料を用いることが好ましく、カーボンブラックを用いることが更に好ましい。 Examples of the pigment include carbon black obtained by a furnace method, a channel method or a thermal method, or carbon black such as acetylene black, ketjen black or lamp black, the carbon black prepared or coated with an epoxy resin, the carbon Black previously dispersed with a resin in a solvent and coated with 20 to 200 mg / g of resin, an acid or alkaline surface treated carbon black, an average particle size of 8 nm or more, and a DBP oil absorption of 90 ml / Carbon black, graphite, graphitized carbon black, activated carbon, carbon fiber, carbon nanotubes having a total oxygen amount of 9 mg or more per 100 m 2 of surface area, calculated from CO and CO 2 in volatile matter at 950 ° C. at 100 g or less , Carbo Black pigments such as microcoil, carbon nanohorn, carbon aerogel, fullerene, aniline black, perylene black, lactam black, pigment black 7, titanium black, chromium oxide green, miloli blue, cobalt green, cobalt blue, manganese, Russianide, phosphate ultramarine, bituminous, ultramarine, cerulean blue, pyridian, emerald green, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red pepper (red iron (III) oxide), cadmium red, synthetic iron black, amber, lake Examples thereof include organic or inorganic pigments such as pigments, and it is preferable to use a black pigment because of its high light shielding properties, and it is more preferable to use carbon black.
 上記カーボンブラックの中でもカーボンブラック表面にスルホン酸基を有するカーボンブラックは、分散性に優れた着色剤分散液が得られること、及び遮光性に優れ、ガラスなどの基材に密着性が良好な硬化物が得られることから好ましい。 Among the above carbon blacks, carbon black having a sulfonic acid group on the surface of carbon black can provide a colorant dispersion excellent in dispersibility, has excellent light shielding properties, and has good adhesion to substrates such as glass. Since a thing is obtained, it is preferable.
 上記カーボンブラック表面にスルホン酸基を付与する方法としては、ペルオキソ二硫酸あるいはその塩によりカーボンブラックを酸化する方法(1)又はスルホン化剤でカーボンブラックを処理する方法(2)が挙げられる。 Examples of the method for imparting a sulfonic acid group to the surface of carbon black include a method of oxidizing carbon black with peroxodisulfuric acid or a salt thereof (1), and a method of treating carbon black with a sulfonating agent (2).
 上記ペルオキソ二硫酸あるいはその塩によりカーボンブラックを酸化する方法(1)は、公知の任意の方法によって行うことができる。例えば、カーボンブラック、ペルオキソ二硫酸あるいはその塩、水系媒体(水あるいは水と水溶性溶剤との混合物)を、必要に応じて界面活性剤あるいは分散剤を用いて混合し、その混合物を100℃未満、好ましくは40~90℃で、24時間未満、好ましくは2~20時間加熱し、必要に応じてpH≧7に中和することにより行うことができる。
 上記ペルオキソ二硫酸の塩としては、リチウム、ナトリウム、カリウム、アルミニウム等の金属塩あるいはアンモニウム塩が挙げられる。
 ペルオキソ二硫酸あるいはその塩の使用量は、カーボンブラック1質量部に対して0.5~5質量部の範囲で用いるのが好ましい。
The method (1) for oxidizing carbon black with peroxodisulfuric acid or a salt thereof can be performed by any known method. For example, carbon black, peroxodisulfuric acid or a salt thereof, and an aqueous medium (water or a mixture of water and a water-soluble solvent) are mixed with a surfactant or a dispersant as necessary, and the mixture is less than 100 ° C. It can be carried out by heating at 40 to 90 ° C. for less than 24 hours, preferably 2 to 20 hours, and neutralizing to pH ≧ 7 as necessary.
Examples of the salt of peroxodisulfuric acid include metal salts such as lithium, sodium, potassium, and aluminum, or ammonium salts.
The amount of peroxodisulfuric acid or a salt thereof used is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of carbon black.
 上記スルホン化剤でカーボンブラックを処理する方法(2)は、公知の任意の方法によって行うことができるが、例えば、カーボンブラック及びスルホン化剤を混合あるいは溶剤に溶解し、200℃以下、好ましくは0~100℃で撹拌することができる。
 上記スルホン化剤としては、濃硫酸、発煙硫酸、三酸化硫黄、ハロゲン化硫酸、アミド硫酸、亜硫酸水素塩、亜硫酸塩、SO-ジオキサン錯体、SO-ケトン錯体、スルファミン酸、スルホン化ピリジン塩等が挙げられる。
 上記溶剤としては、水;硫酸、発煙硫酸、ギ酸、酢酸、プロピオン酸、無水酢酸等の酸性溶剤;ピリジン、トリエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン等の塩基性溶剤;テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン、ジエチルエーテル等のエーテル類;ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドン、スルホラン、ニトロメタン、アセトン、アセトニトリル、ベンゾニトリル等の極性溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル等のエステル類;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ニトロベンゼン等の芳香族系溶剤;メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール等のアルコール系溶剤;クロロホルム、トリクロロフルオロメタン、塩化メチレン、クロロベンゼン等の塩素系溶剤等を用いることができ、これらの混合溶剤を使用する場合もある。
 スルホン化剤の使用量は、カーボンブラック1質量部に対して0.5~20質量部の範囲で用いるのが好ましく、複数のスルホン化剤を用いる場合はその合計量が前記範囲になるのが好ましい。
 また、スルホン化反応の副反応として生成される公知のスルホンの生成を抑制するため、反応を阻害しない範囲で公知のスルホン抑制剤、例えば脂肪酸、有機過酸、酸無水物、酢酸、ケトン等を、カーボンブラック1質量部に対して0.01~5質量部添加する場合がある。
The method (2) for treating the carbon black with the sulfonating agent can be carried out by any known method. For example, the carbon black and the sulfonating agent are mixed or dissolved in a solvent, and 200 ° C. or less, preferably Stir at 0-100 ° C.
As the sulfonating agent, concentrated sulfuric acid, fuming sulfuric acid, sulfur trioxide, halogenated sulfate, amide sulfate, bisulfite, sulfite, SO 3 - dioxane complex, SO 3 - ketone complexes, sulfamic acid, sulfonated pyridine salt Etc.
Examples of the solvent include water; acidic solvents such as sulfuric acid, fuming sulfuric acid, formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid and acetic anhydride; basic solvents such as pyridine, triethylamine and trimethylamine; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane and diethyl ether; dimethylformamide Polar solvents such as dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, sulfolane, nitromethane, acetone, acetonitrile and benzonitrile; esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and nitrobenzene; methanol, Alcohol solvents such as ethanol and isopropanol; chlorine solvents such as chloroform, trichlorofluoromethane, methylene chloride, and chlorobenzene can be used, and a mixed solvent thereof may be used.
The amount of the sulfonating agent used is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of carbon black. When a plurality of sulfonating agents are used, the total amount is within the above range. preferable.
In addition, in order to suppress the production of a known sulfone produced as a side reaction of the sulfonation reaction, a known sulfone inhibitor such as a fatty acid, an organic peracid, an acid anhydride, acetic acid, a ketone, etc. is used as long as the reaction is not inhibited. In some cases, 0.01 to 5 parts by mass is added to 1 part by mass of carbon black.
 上記無機色材又は有機色材としては、公知の染料を用いることも可能である。公知の染料としては例えば、アゾ染料、アントラキノン染料、インジゴイド染料、トリアリールメタン染料、キサンテン染料、アリザリン染料、アクリジン染料スチルベン染料、チアゾール染料、ナフトール染料、キノリン染料、ニトロ染料、インダミン染料、オキサジン染料、フタロシアニン染料及びシアニン染料等の染料等が挙げられる。 As the inorganic color material or organic color material, known dyes can be used. Known dyes include, for example, azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, indigoid dyes, triarylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, alizarin dyes, acridine dyes stilbene dyes, thiazole dyes, naphthol dyes, quinoline dyes, nitro dyes, indamine dyes, oxazine dyes, And dyes such as phthalocyanine dyes and cyanine dyes.
 上記無機又は有機色材としては、例えば、ニトロソ化合物、ニトロ化合物、アゾ化合物、ジアゾ化合物、キサンテン化合物、キノリン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、クマリン化合物、シアニン化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、イソインドリノン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、アンタンスロン化合物、ペリノン化合物、ペリレン化合物、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、チオインジゴ化合物、ジオキサジン化合物、トリフェニルメタン化合物、キノフタロン化合物、ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸、アゾ染料、シアニン染料の金属錯体化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the inorganic or organic colorant include, for example, nitroso compounds, nitro compounds, azo compounds, diazo compounds, xanthene compounds, quinoline compounds, anthraquinone compounds, coumarin compounds, cyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, isoindolinone compounds, isoindoline compounds, Examples include quinacridone compounds, anthanthrone compounds, perinone compounds, perylene compounds, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, thioindigo compounds, dioxazine compounds, triphenylmethane compounds, quinophthalone compounds, naphthalene tetracarboxylic acids, azo dyes, and cyanine dye metal complex compounds. .
 上記無機色材又は有機色材としては、市販の顔料を用いることもでき、例えば、ピグメントレッド1、2、3、9、10、14、17、22、23、31、38、41、48、49、88、90、97、112、119、122、123、144、149、166、168、169、170、171、177、179、180、184、185、192、200、202、209、215、216、217、220、223、224、226、227、254、228、240及び254;ピグメントオレンジ13、31、34、36、38、43、46、48、49、51、52、55、59、60、61、62、64、65及び71;ピグメントイエロー1、3、12、13、14、16、17、20、24、55、60、73、81、83、86、93、95、97、98、100、109、110、113、114、117、120、125、126、127、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、166、168、175、180及び185;ピグメントグリ-ン7、10、36及び58;ピグメントブルー15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:5、15:6、22、24、56、60、61、62及び64;ピグメントバイオレット1、19、23、27、29、30、32、37、40及び50等が挙げられる。 As the inorganic color material or organic color material, commercially available pigments can also be used. For example, Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48, 49, 88, 90, 97, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 149, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 177, 179, 180, 184, 185, 192, 200, 202, 209, 215, 216, 217, 220, 223, 224, 226, 227, 254, 228, 240 and 254; Pigment Orange 13, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 65 and 71; Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 20, 24, 55, 60, 73, 81 83, 86, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 109, 110, 113, 114, 117, 120, 125, 126, 127, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 166, 168, 175, 180 and 185; Pigment Green 7, 10, 36 and 58; Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 5, 15: 6, 22, 24, 56, 60, 61, 62 and 64; Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 29, 30, 32, 37, 40 and 50.
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)において、着色剤(B)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、着色剤分散液(E)固形分の合計100質量部中、着色性が良好なことから、好ましくは30~90質量部、より好ましくは、50~90質量部である。上記着色剤(B)の含有量が30質量部より小さいと、十分な着色剤濃度を有した着色重合性組成物が形成できない場合があり、90質量部より大きいと、着色剤(B)を着色剤分散液(E)中に十分に分散することができない場合がある。
 着色剤分散液(E)を用いて、例えば、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物を製造する場合には、着色剤分散液(E)における着色剤(B)の含有量は、着色剤分散液(E)固形分の合計100質量部中、好ましくは30~90質量部、より好ましくは、50~90質量部である。
In the colorant dispersion liquid (E) of the present invention, the content of the colorant (B) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of goodness, it is preferably 30 to 90 parts by mass, and more preferably 50 to 90 parts by mass. If the content of the colorant (B) is less than 30 parts by mass, a colored polymerizable composition having a sufficient colorant concentration may not be formed. If the content is greater than 90 parts by mass, the colorant (B) In some cases, the colorant dispersion (E) cannot be sufficiently dispersed.
For example, when a colored polymerizable composition for a color filter is produced using the colorant dispersion (E), the content of the colorant (B) in the colorant dispersion (E) is determined by the colorant dispersion. (E) In a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content, it is preferably 30 to 90 parts by mass, and more preferably 50 to 90 parts by mass.
<分散剤(C)>
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)及び後述する着色重合性組成物に用いられる分散剤(C)としては、特に限定されるものでないが、着色剤(B)を分散、安定化できるものであれば良く、塩基性官能基を有するポリエステル、ポリエーテル又はポリウレタンからなる高分子分散剤、塩基性官能基として窒素原子を有し、窒素原子を有する官能基がアミン、及び/又はその四級塩であり、アミン価が1~100mgKOH/gのもの等を用いることができる。カーボンブラックの分散性に優れることから、分散剤(C)としては、塩基性官能基として窒素原子を有したポリウレタンからなる高分子分散剤が特に好ましい。
<Dispersant (C)>
Although it does not specifically limit as a dispersing agent (C) used for the coloring agent dispersion liquid (E) of this invention and the coloring polymeric composition mentioned later, it can disperse | distribute and stabilize a coloring agent (B). A polymer dispersant made of polyester, polyether or polyurethane having a basic functional group, a nitrogen atom as the basic functional group, the functional group having a nitrogen atom being an amine, and / or a quaternary salt thereof And those having an amine value of 1 to 100 mgKOH / g can be used. Since the dispersibility of carbon black is excellent, the dispersant (C) is particularly preferably a polymer dispersant made of polyurethane having a nitrogen atom as a basic functional group.
 上記分散剤(C)としては、市販の分散剤を用いることもでき、例えば、DISPERBYK-130、DISPERBYK-161、DISPERBYK-162、DISPERBYK-163、DISPERBYK-164、DISPERBYK-167、DISPERBYK-168、DISPERBYK-170、DISPERBYK-171、DISPERBYK-174、DISPERBYK-180、DISPERBYK-182、DISPERBYK-183、DISPERBYK-184、DISPERBYK-185、DISPERBYK-2000、DISPERBYK-2001、DISPERBYK-2020、DISPERBYK-2050、DISPERBYK-2070、DISPERBYK-2096、DISPERBYK-2150、DISPERBYK-LPN21116、DISPERBYK-LPN6919(ビックケミー社製)、アジスパーPB711、アジスパーPB821、アジスパーPB822、アジスパーPB814、アジスパーPN411及びアジスパーPA111(味の素株式会社)等が挙げられる。 As the dispersant (C), commercially available dispersants can also be used. For example, DISPERBYK-130, DISPERBYK-161, DISPERBYK-162, DISPERBYK-163, DISPERBYK-164, DISPERBYK-167, DISPERBYK-168, DISPERBYK. -170, DISPERBYK-171, DISPERBYK-174, DISPERBYK-180, DISPERBYK-182, DISPERBYK-183, DISPERBYK-184, DISPERBYK-185, DISPERBYK-2000, DISPERBYK-2001, DISPERBYK-2020, 70 DISPERBYK-2096 DISPERBYK-2150, DISPERBYK-LPN21116, DISPERBYK-LPN6919 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH), Ajisper PB711, Adisper PB821, Adisper PB822, Adisper PB814, Adisper PN411 and Ajisper PA111 (Ajinomoto Co., Inc.), and the like.
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)において、分散剤(C)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、着色剤分散液(E)固形分の合計100質量部中、着色剤分散液(E)における着色剤の分散性がより良好になることから、好ましくは5~40質量部、より好ましくは、5~20質量部である。上記分散剤(C)の含有量が5質量部より小さいと、着色剤の分散性が劣る場合があり、40質量部より大きいと十分な着色剤濃度を有する着色剤分散液を作成できない場合がある。
 着色剤分散液(E)を用いて、例えば、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物を製造する場合には、着色剤分散液(E)における分散剤(C)の含有量は、着色剤分散液(E)固形分の合計100質量部中、好ましくは5~40質量部、より好ましくは、5~20質量部である。
In the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention, the content of the dispersant (C) is not particularly limited, but the colorant dispersion is contained in a total of 100 parts by weight of the solid content of the colorant dispersion (E). Since the dispersibility of the colorant in the liquid (E) becomes better, it is preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass. If the content of the dispersant (C) is less than 5 parts by mass, the dispersibility of the colorant may be inferior. If it is greater than 40 parts by mass, a colorant dispersion having a sufficient colorant concentration may not be produced. is there.
For example, when a colored polymerizable composition for a color filter is produced using the colorant dispersion (E), the content of the dispersant (C) in the colorant dispersion (E) is determined by the colorant dispersion. (E) The total solid content is 100 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass, and more preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass.
<分散媒(D)>
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)に用いられる分散媒(D)としては、通常、必要に応じて上記の各成分溶解又は分散しえる溶剤であればよく、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、メチルアミルケトン、ジエチルケトン、アセトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン及び2-ヘプタノン等のケトン類;エチルエーテル、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、1,2-ジエトキシエタン及びジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル等のエーテル系溶剤;酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、乳酸エチル、コハク酸ジメチル及びテキサノール等のエステル系溶剤;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル及びエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル等のセロソルブ系溶剤;メタノール、エタノール、イソ-又はn-プロパノール、イソ-又はn-ブタノール及びアミルアルコール等のアルコール系溶剤;エチレングリコールモノメチルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコール-1-モノメチルエーテル-2-アセテート(PGMEA)、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート及びエトキシエチルプロピオネート等のエーテルエステル系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン及びキシレン等のBTX系溶剤;ヘキサン、ヘプタン、オクタン及びシクロヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤;テレピン油、D-リモネン及びピネン等のテルペン系炭化水素油;ミネラルスピリット、スワゾール#310(コスモ松山石油社製)及びソルベッソ#100(エクソン化学社製)等のパラフィン系溶剤;四塩化炭素、クロロホルム、トリクロロエチレン、塩化メチレン及び1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン化脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化芳香族炭化水素系溶剤;カルビトール系溶剤、アニリン、トリエチルアミン、ピリジン、酢酸、アセトニトリル、二硫化炭素、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドン、ジメチルスルホキシド及び水等が挙げられ、これらの溶剤は1種又は2種以上の混合溶剤として使用することができる。これらの中でもケトン類、エーテルエステル系溶剤等、特にPGMEA及びシクロヘキサノン等が、着色剤分散液(E)及び着色重合性組成物において着色剤分散性やレジストと重合開始剤の相溶性が良いので好ましい。
<Dispersion medium (D)>
The dispersion medium (D) used in the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is usually a solvent that can dissolve or disperse the above components as necessary. Examples thereof include methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, Ketones such as diethyl ketone, acetone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone and 2-heptanone; ethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,2-diethoxyethane, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc. Ether solvents such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, ethyl lactate, dimethyl succinate and texanol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether and ethyl Cellosolve solvents such as glycol monoethyl ether; alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, iso- or n-propanol, iso- or n-butanol and amyl alcohol; ethylene glycol monomethyl acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl acetate, propylene glycol Ether ester solvents such as 1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate (PGMEA), dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate and ethoxyethyl propionate; BTX solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene; hexane, Aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as heptane, octane and cyclohexane; terpene hydrocarbon oils such as turpentine oil, D-limonene and pinene; mineral spirits, Paraffinic solvents such as Wazol # 310 (manufactured by Cosmo Matsuyama Petroleum) and Solvesso # 100 (manufactured by Exxon Chemical); Halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbons such as carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, trichloroethylene, methylene chloride and 1,2-dichloroethane Halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as chlorobenzene; carbitol solvents, aniline, triethylamine, pyridine, acetic acid, acetonitrile, carbon disulfide, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N- Examples thereof include methyl pyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide and water, and these solvents can be used as one or a mixture of two or more. Among these, ketones, ether ester solvents and the like, particularly PGMEA and cyclohexanone are preferable because the colorant dispersion and the compatibility between the resist and the polymerization initiator are good in the colorant dispersion (E) and the color polymerizable composition. .
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)において、分散媒(D)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、着色剤分散液(E)固形分の合計100質量部に対して、着色剤分散液(E)のハンドリングが良好になることから、100~1900質量部になることが好ましく、より好ましくは、200~900質量部である。1900質量部より大きい場合、十分な着色剤濃度を有する着色重合性組成物が得られない場合が考えられ、100質量部より小さいと十分な着色剤分散性が得られない恐れがある。
 着色剤分散液(E)を用いて、例えば、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物を形成する場合には、着色剤分散液(E)における分散媒(D)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、着色剤分散液(E)固形分の合計100質量部に対して、着色剤分散液(E)のハンドリングが良好になることから、100~1900質量部になることが好ましく、より好ましくは、200~900質量部である。
In the colorant dispersion liquid (E) of the present invention, the content of the dispersion medium (D) is not particularly limited, but it is colored with respect to a total of 100 parts by weight of the solid content of the colorant dispersion liquid (E). In view of good handling of the agent dispersion (E), the amount is preferably 100 to 1900 parts by mass, and more preferably 200 to 900 parts by mass. When the amount is larger than 1900 parts by mass, there may be a case where a colored polymerizable composition having a sufficient colorant concentration cannot be obtained. When the amount is less than 100 parts by mass, sufficient colorant dispersibility may not be obtained.
For example, when forming a colored polymerizable composition for a color filter using the colorant dispersion (E), the content of the dispersion medium (D) in the colorant dispersion (E) is particularly limited. Although it is not a thing, since it is easy to handle the colorant dispersion (E) with respect to a total of 100 parts by weight of the solid content of the colorant dispersion (E), it is preferably 100 to 1900 parts by weight, More preferably, it is 200 to 900 parts by mass.
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)は、重合性化合物(A)、分散剤(C)、分散媒(D)等を混合して、横型サンドミル、縦型サンドミル、アニュラー型ビーズミル、アトライター等で着色剤(B)を分散することにより、得ることができる。 The colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is a mixture of a polymerizable compound (A), a dispersant (C), a dispersion medium (D), etc., and a horizontal sand mill, a vertical sand mill, an annular bead mill, an attritor, etc. Can be obtained by dispersing the colorant (B).
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)は、グラビアインキ、オフセットインキ、インクジェットプリンター用インキ、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物、自動車用、木材用、金属用等の各種一般塗料、磁気テープのバックコート塗料、ラジエーションキュアー型インキ等の各種の用途に使用することができ、その用途に特に制限はない。 The colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is a gravure ink, offset ink, ink for inkjet printer, colored polymerizable composition for color filter, various general paints for automobile, wood, metal, etc., magnetic tape back It can be used for various applications such as coat paints and radiation cure inks, and there are no particular restrictions on the applications.
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)は、着色剤(B)として、カーボンブラックに代表される黒色顔料を用いた場合、カラーフィルタ用ブラックマトリクス用着色組成物に用いることができる。該カラーフィルタ用マトリクス用着色組成物は、特に液晶表示パネル等の画像表示装置用の表示デバイス用カラーフィルタに有用である。 The colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention can be used for a color filter black matrix coloring composition when a black pigment typified by carbon black is used as the colorant (B). The colored composition for a matrix for a color filter is particularly useful for a color filter for a display device for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display panel.
<着色重合性組成物>
 上記着色剤分散液(E)にエチレン性不飽和化合物(F)及び重合開始剤(G)を加えて、本発明の着色重合性組成物とすることができる。
<Coloring polymerizable composition>
An ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) and a polymerization initiator (G) can be added to the colorant dispersion (E) to obtain the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物において、着色剤分散液(E)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、着色重合性組成物の製造に固形分25質量%の着色剤分散液(E)を用いる場合、着色重合性組成物の合計100質量部中、着色性が良好なことから、好ましくは10~80質量部、より好ましくは、30~80質量部である。上記、固形分25質量%の着色剤分散液(E)の含有量が10質量部より小さいと、十分な着色が得られない場合があり、80質量部より大きいと後述する硬化物の耐薬品性が低下する場合がある。
 着色重合性組成物が、例えば、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物である場合には、固形分25質量%の着色剤分散液(E)の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物の合計100質量部中、好ましくは10~80質量部、より好ましくは、30~80質量部である。
In the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, the content of the colorant dispersion liquid (E) is not particularly limited. For example, a colorant dispersion having a solid content of 25% by mass in the production of the colored polymerizable composition is used. When the liquid (E) is used, it is preferably 10 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 80 parts by mass, because the colorability is good in a total of 100 parts by mass of the colored polymerizable composition. When the content of the colorant dispersion (E) having a solid content of 25% by mass is less than 10 parts by mass, sufficient coloring may not be obtained. May decrease.
When the colored polymerizable composition is, for example, a colored polymerizable composition for a color filter, the content of the colorant dispersion (E) having a solid content of 25% by mass is that of the colored polymerizable composition for the color filter. The total content is 100 parts by mass, preferably 10 to 80 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 80 parts by mass.
 上記着色重合性組成物における、重合性化合物(A)、着色剤(B)及び分散剤(C)の好ましい含有量を下記に示す。 Preferred contents of the polymerizable compound (A), the colorant (B) and the dispersant (C) in the colored polymerizable composition are shown below.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物において、重合性化合物(A)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、着色重合性組成物の固形分の合計100質量部中、着色剤の分散性が良好なことから、好ましくは1~20質量部、より好ましくは、1~10質量部である。上記重合性化合物(A)の含有量が1質量部より小さいと、着色剤の分散性が劣る場合があり、20質量部より大きいと十分な着色を発現できない場合がある。
 着色重合性組成物が、例えば、カラーフィルタ用着色組成物である場合には、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物における重合性化合物(A)の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色組成物の固形分の合計100質量部中、好ましくは1~20質量部、より好ましくは、1~10質量部である。
In the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, the content of the polymerizable compound (A) is not particularly limited, but the dispersibility of the colorant in the total 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition. Is preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass. If the content of the polymerizable compound (A) is less than 1 part by mass, the dispersibility of the colorant may be inferior, and if it is greater than 20 parts by mass, sufficient coloring may not be expressed.
When the colored polymerizable composition is, for example, a colored composition for color filters, the content of the polymerizable compound (A) in the colored polymerizable composition for color filters is the solid content of the colored composition for color filters. Is preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物において、着色剤(B)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、着色重合性組成物の固形分の合計100質量部中、着色性が良好なことから、好ましくは20~80質量部、より好ましくは、30~70質量部である。上記、着色剤(B)の含有量が20質量部より小さいと、十分な遮光性が得られない場合があり、80質量部より大きいと後述する硬化物の耐薬品性が低下する場合がある。
 着色重合性組成物が、例えばカラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物である場合には、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物における着色剤(B)の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物の固形分の合計100質量部中、好ましくは20~80質量部、より好ましくは、30~70質量部である。
In the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, the content of the colorant (B) is not particularly limited, but the colorability is good in a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition. Therefore, the amount is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass. When the content of the colorant (B) is less than 20 parts by mass, sufficient light shielding properties may not be obtained, and when it is greater than 80 parts by mass, the chemical resistance of the cured product described later may be reduced. .
When the color polymerizable composition is, for example, a color polymerizable composition for color filters, the content of the colorant (B) in the color polymerizable composition for color filters is the same as that of the color polymerizable composition for color filters. The total solid content is 100 parts by mass, preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物において、分散剤(C)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、着色重合性組成物の固形分の合計100質量部中、好ましくは0.1~20質量部、より好ましくは、0.5~15質量部である。上記分散剤(C)の含有量が0.1質量部より小さいと、着色剤の分散性が劣る場合があり、20質量部より大きいと耐薬品性が低下する場合がある。
 着色重合性組成物が、例えば、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物である場合には、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物における分散剤(C)の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物の固形分の合計100質量部中、好ましくは0.1~20質量部、より好ましくは、1~10質量部である。
In the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, the content of the dispersant (C) is not particularly limited, but in a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass. If the content of the dispersant (C) is less than 0.1 parts by mass, the dispersibility of the colorant may be inferior, and if it is greater than 20 parts by mass, the chemical resistance may be deteriorated.
When the colored polymerizable composition is, for example, a colored polymerizable composition for a color filter, the content of the dispersing agent (C) in the colored polymerizable composition for a color filter is the colored polymerizable composition for a color filter. The total solid content is 100 to 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass.
 <エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)>
 本発明の着色重合性組成物に用いられるエチレン性不飽和化合物(F)としては、化合物中に炭素-炭素2重結合をもった化合物であればよく、特に限定されず、既存に用いられているものを用いることができる。重合性化合物(A)もエチレン性不飽和化合物(F)として着色重合性組成物調製時に更に添加することもできる。
<Ethylenically unsaturated compound (F)>
The ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) used in the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a carbon-carbon double bond in the compound. Can be used. The polymerizable compound (A) can be further added as an ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) when preparing the colored polymerizable composition.
 上記エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)としては、例えば、エチレン、プロピレン、ブチレン、イソブチレン、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、フッ化ビニリデン及びテトラフルオロエチレン等の不飽和脂肪族炭化水素;(メタ)アクリル酸、α―クロルアクリル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸、フマル酸、ハイミック酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、ビニル酢酸、アリル酢酸、桂皮酸、ソルビン酸、メサコン酸、コハク酸モノ[2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル]、フタル酸モノ[2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル]及びω-カルボキシポリカプロラクトンモノ(メタ)アクリレート等の両末端にカルボキシ基と水酸基とを有するポリマーのモノ(メタ)アクリレート;ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート・マレート、ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート・マレート、ジシクロペンタジエン・マレート及び1個のカルボキシル基と2個以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基とを有する多官能(メタ)アクリレート等の不飽和一塩基酸;(メタ)アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジル、下記化合物No.A1~No.A4、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル、(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジメチルアミノメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジメチルアミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸アミノプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジメチルアミノプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ポリ(エトキシ)エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブトキシエトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェノキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ビニル、(メタ)アクリル酸アリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレート及びトリ[(メタ)アクリロイルエチル]イソシアヌレート及びポリエステル(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等の不飽和一塩基酸と多価アルコール又は多価フェノールのエステル;(メタ)アクリル酸亜鉛及び(メタ)アクリル酸マグネシウム等の不飽和多塩基酸の金属塩;マレイン酸無水物、イタコン酸無水物、シトラコン酸無水物、メチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、トリアルキルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフリル)-3-メチル-3-シクロヘキセン-1,2-ジカルボン酸無水物、トリアルキルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸-無水マレイン酸付加物、ドデセニル無水コハク酸及び無水メチルハイミック酸等の不飽和多塩基酸の酸無水物;(メタ)アクリルアミド、メチレンビス-(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジエチレントリアミントリス(メタ)アクリルアミド、キシリレンビス(メタ)アクリルアミド、α-クロロアクリルアミド及びN-2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の不飽和一塩基酸及び多価アミンのアミド;アクロレイン等の不飽和アルデヒド;(メタ)アクリロニトリル、α-クロロアクリロニトリル、シアン化ビニリデン及びシアン化アリル等の不飽和ニトリル;スチレン、4-メチルスチレン、4-エチルスチレン、4-メトキシスチレン、4-ヒドロキシスチレン、4-クロロスチレン、ジビニルベンゼン、ビニルトルエン、ビニル安息香酸、ビニルフェノール、ビニルスルホン酸、4-ビニルベンゼンスルホン酸、ビニルベンジルメチルエーテル及びビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル等の不飽和芳香族化合物;メチルビニルケトン等の不飽和ケトン;ビニルアミン、アリルアミン、N-ビニルピロリドン及びビニルピペリジン等の不飽和アミン化合物;アリルアルコール及びクロチルアルコール等のビニルアルコール;ビニルメチルエーテル、ビニルエチルエーテル、n-ブチルビニルエーテル、イソブチルビニルエーテル及びアリルグリシジルエーテル等のビニルエーテル;マレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド及びN-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等の不飽和イミド類;インデン及び1-メチルインデン等のインデン類;1,3-ブタジエン、イソプレン及びクロロプレン等の脂肪族共役ジエン類;ポリスチレン、ポリメチル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリ-n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート及びポリシロキサン等の重合体分子鎖の末端にモノ(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するマクロモノマー類;ビニルクロリド、ビニリデンクロリド、ジビニルスクシナート、ジアリルフタラート、トリアリルホスファート、トリアリルイソシアヌラート、ビニルチオエーテル、ビニルイミダゾール、ビニルオキサゾリン、ビニルカルバゾール、ビニルピロリドン、ビニルピリジン、水酸基含有ビニルモノマー、ポリイソシアネート化合物のビニルウレタン化合物、水酸基含有ビニルモノマー及びポリエポキシ化合物のビニルエポキシ化合物等が挙げられる。
 上記エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)としては市販品を用いることができ、例えば、カヤラッドDPHA、DPEA-12、PEG400DA、THE-330、RP-1040、NPGDA、PET30(日本化薬製)、SPC-1000、SPC-3000(昭和電工製)、アロニックスM-140、M-215、M-350、M-450(東亞合成製)、NKエステルA-DPHA-TMPT、A-DCP、A-HD-N、A-9300、TMPT、DCP、NPG及びHD-N(新中村化学工業製)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) include unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons such as ethylene, propylene, butylene, isobutylene, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, vinylidene fluoride, and tetrafluoroethylene; (meth) acrylic acid, α-chloroacrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citraconic acid, fumaric acid, hymic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, vinyl acetic acid, allyl acetic acid, cinnamic acid, sorbic acid, mesaconic acid, monosuccinic acid [2- (meta ) Acryloyloxyethyl], phthalic acid mono [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl] and ω-carboxypolycaprolactone mono (meth) acrylate, etc., polymer mono (meth) having a carboxy group and a hydroxyl group at both ends Acrylate; hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate malate, H Unsaturated monobasic acids such as roxypropyl (meth) acrylate malate, dicyclopentadiene malate and polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having one carboxyl group and two or more (meth) acryloyl groups; (meth) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, the following compound no. A1-No. A4, methyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, ( Isooctyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminomethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethyl (meth) acrylate Aminoethyl, aminopropyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, poly (ethoxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, (meta ) Ethylhexyl acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid Enoxyethyl, tetrahydrofuryl (meth) acrylate, vinyl (meth) acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (Meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethanetri ( (Meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol Unsaturated monobasic acids such as tra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate and tri [(meth) acryloylethyl] isocyanurate and polyester (meth) acrylate oligomers; Esters of polyhydric alcohols or polyphenols; metal salts of unsaturated polybasic acids such as zinc (meth) acrylate and magnesium (meth) acrylate; maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, methyl Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, trialkyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuryl) -3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, trialkyltetrahydro Phthalic anhydride-none Acid anhydrides of unsaturated polybasic acids such as hydromaleic acid adduct, dodecenyl succinic anhydride and methyl hymic anhydride; (meth) acrylamide, methylene bis- (meth) acrylamide, diethylenetriamine tris (meth) acrylamide, xylylene bis (meta ) Unsaturated monobasic acids and amides of polyvalent amines such as acrylamide, α-chloroacrylamide and N-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide; Unsaturated aldehydes such as acrolein; (meth) acrylonitrile, α-chloroacrylonitrile, cyanide Unsaturated nitriles such as vinylidene chloride and allyl cyanide; styrene, 4-methylstyrene, 4-ethylstyrene, 4-methoxystyrene, 4-hydroxystyrene, 4-chlorostyrene, divinylbenzene, vinyltoluene, vinylbenzoate Unsaturated aromatic compounds such as perfume acid, vinylphenol, vinylsulfonic acid, 4-vinylbenzenesulfonic acid, vinylbenzyl methyl ether and vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether; unsaturated ketones such as methyl vinyl ketone; vinylamine, allylamine, N-vinyl Unsaturated amine compounds such as pyrrolidone and vinyl piperidine; vinyl alcohols such as allyl alcohol and crotyl alcohol; vinyl ethers such as vinyl methyl ether, vinyl ethyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, isobutyl vinyl ether and allyl glycidyl ether; maleimide, N-phenyl Unsaturated imides such as maleimide and N-cyclohexylmaleimide; indenes such as indene and 1-methylindene; 1,3-butadiene, isoprene and chloroprene Aliphatic conjugated dienes such as polystyrene; macromonomers having a mono (meth) acryloyl group at the end of the polymer molecular chain such as polystyrene, polymethyl (meth) acrylate, poly-n-butyl (meth) acrylate and polysiloxane; vinyl Chloride, vinylidene chloride, divinyl succinate, diallyl phthalate, triallyl phosphate, triallyl isocyanurate, vinyl thioether, vinyl imidazole, vinyl oxazoline, vinyl carbazole, vinyl pyrrolidone, vinyl pyridine, hydroxyl group-containing vinyl monomer, polyisocyanate Examples of the compound include a vinyl urethane compound, a hydroxyl group-containing vinyl monomer, and a vinyl epoxy compound of a polyepoxy compound.
Commercially available products can be used as the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F). For example, Kaylad DPHA, DPEA-12, PEG400DA, THE-330, RP-1040, NPGDA, PET30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku), SPC- 1000, SPC-3000 (manufactured by Showa Denko), Aronix M-140, M-215, M-350, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei), NK ester A-DPHA-TMPT, A-DCP, A-HD-N A-9300, TMPT, DCP, NPG and HD-N (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 また、上記エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)としては、アクリル酸エステルの共重合体や、フェノール及び/又はクレゾールノボラックエポキシ樹脂と不飽和一塩基酸を反応させたもの、多官能エポキシ基を有するポリフェニルメタン型エポキシ樹脂と不飽和一塩基酸を反応させたものを用いることもできる。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) include a copolymer of acrylic ester, a product obtained by reacting phenol and / or cresol novolac epoxy resin with an unsaturated monobasic acid, and a polyfunctional epoxy group. What reacted phenyl phenyl type epoxy resin and unsaturated monobasic acid can also be used.
 上記エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)の中でも、酸価を有する化合物を用いた場合、本発明の着色重合性組成物にアルカリ現像性を付与することができる。上記酸価を有する化合物を用いる場合、その使用量は、エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)を含めたエチレン性不飽和結合を有する重合性化合物全体の50~99質量%となるようにすることが好ましい。
 また、上記酸価を有する化合物は、更に単官能又は多官能エポキシ化合物を反応させることにより酸価調整してから用いることもできる。上記酸価を有する化合物の酸価を調整することにより、硬化性樹脂のアルカリ現像性を改良することができる。上記酸価を有する化合物(即ちアルカリ現像性を付与するエチレン性不飽和結合を有する重合性化合物)は、固形分の酸価が5~120mgKOH/gの範囲であることが好ましく、単官能又は多官能エポキシ化合物の使用量は、上記酸価を満たすように選択するのが好ましい。
Among the ethylenically unsaturated compounds (F), when a compound having an acid value is used, alkali developability can be imparted to the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention. When the compound having the acid value is used, the amount used should be 50 to 99% by mass of the entire polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond including the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F). preferable.
The compound having an acid value can be used after adjusting the acid value by further reacting with a monofunctional or polyfunctional epoxy compound. The alkali developability of the curable resin can be improved by adjusting the acid value of the compound having the acid value. The compound having an acid value (that is, a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond imparting alkali developability) preferably has a solid acid value in the range of 5 to 120 mgKOH / g, and is monofunctional or polyfunctional. The amount of the functional epoxy compound used is preferably selected so as to satisfy the acid value.
 上記単官能エポキシ化合物としては、グリシジルメタクリレート、メチルグリシジルエーテル、エチルグリシジルエーテル、プロピルグリシジルエーテル、イソプロピルグリシジルエーテル、ブチルグリシジルエーテル、イソブチルグリシジルエーテル、t-ブチルグリシジルエーテル、ペンチルグリシジルエーテル、ヘキシルグリシジルエーテル、ヘプチルグリシジルエーテル、オクチルグリシジルエーテル、ノニルグリシジルエーテル、デシルグリシジルエーテル、ウンデシルグリシジルエーテル、ドデシルグリシジルエーテル、トリデシルグリシジルエーテル、テトラデシルグリシジルエーテル、ペンタデシルグリシジルエーテル、ヘキサデシルグリシジルエーテル、2-エチルヘキシルグリシジルエーテル、アリルグリシジルエーテル、プロパルギルグリシジルエーテル、p-メトキシエチルグリシジルエーテル、フェニルグリシジルエーテル、p-メトキシグリシジルエーテル、p-ブチルフェノールグリシジルエーテル、クレジルグリシジルエーテル、2-メチルクレジルグリシジルエーテル、4-ノニルフェニルグリシジルエーテル、ベンジルグリシジルエーテル、p-クミルフェニルグリシジルエーテル、トリチルグリシジルエーテル、2,3-エポキシプロピルメタクリレート、エポキシ化大豆油、エポキシ化アマニ油、グリシジルブチレート、ビニルシクロヘキサンモノオキシド、1,2-エポキシ-4-ビニルシクロヘキサン、スチレンオキシド、ピネンオキシド、メチルスチレンオキシド、シクロヘキセンオキシド、プロピレンオキシド、上記化合物No.A2及びNo.A3等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monofunctional epoxy compound include glycidyl methacrylate, methyl glycidyl ether, ethyl glycidyl ether, propyl glycidyl ether, isopropyl glycidyl ether, butyl glycidyl ether, isobutyl glycidyl ether, t-butyl glycidyl ether, pentyl glycidyl ether, hexyl glycidyl ether, heptyl Glycidyl ether, octyl glycidyl ether, nonyl glycidyl ether, decyl glycidyl ether, undecyl glycidyl ether, dodecyl glycidyl ether, tridecyl glycidyl ether, tetradecyl glycidyl ether, pentadecyl glycidyl ether, hexadecyl glycidyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl glycidyl ether, Allyl glycidyl A , Propargyl glycidyl ether, p-methoxyethyl glycidyl ether, phenyl glycidyl ether, p-methoxy glycidyl ether, p-butylphenol glycidyl ether, cresyl glycidyl ether, 2-methyl cresyl glycidyl ether, 4-nonylphenyl glycidyl ether, benzyl Glycidyl ether, p-cumylphenyl glycidyl ether, trityl glycidyl ether, 2,3-epoxypropyl methacrylate, epoxidized soybean oil, epoxidized linseed oil, glycidyl butyrate, vinylcyclohexane monooxide, 1,2-epoxy-4- Vinylcyclohexane, styrene oxide, pinene oxide, methylstyrene oxide, cyclohexene oxide, propylene oxide, compound No.A2 and No. A3 etc. are mentioned.
 上記多官能エポキシ化合物としては、ビスフェノール型エポキシ化合物及びグリシジルエーテル類からなる群から選択される一種以上の化合物を用いると、特性の一層良好な着色硬化性樹脂組成物を得ることができるので好ましい。
 上記ビスフェノール型エポキシ化合物としては、上記一般式(I)で表されるエポキシ化合物を用いることができる他、例えば、水添ビスフェノール型エポキシ化合物等のビスフェノール型エポキシ化合物も用いることができる。
 また上記グリシジルエーテル類としては、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,4-ブタンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、1,8-オクタンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、1,10-デカンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ヘキサエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノールジグリシジルエーテル、1,1,1-トリ(グリシジルオキシメチル)プロパン、1,1,1-トリ(グリシジルオキシメチル)エタン、1,1,1-トリ(グリシジルオキシメチル)メタン及び1,1,1,1-テトラ(グリシジルオキシメチル)メタン等を用いることができる。
 その他、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ化合物、ビフェニルノボラック型エポキシ化合物、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ化合物、ビスフェノールAノボラック型エポキシ化合物及びジシクロペンタジエンノボラック型エポキシ化合物等のノボラック型エポキシ化合物;3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキシルメチル-3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート及び1-エポキシエチル-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサン等の脂環式エポキシ化合物;フタル酸ジグリシジルエステル、テトラヒドロフタル酸ジグリシジルエステル及びダイマー酸グリシジルエステル等のグリシジルエステル類;テトラグリシジルジアミノジフェニルメタン、トリグリシジルP-アミノフェノール及びN,N-ジグリシジルアニリン等のグリシジルアミン類;1,3-ジグリシジル-5,5-ジメチルヒダントイン及びトリグリシジルイソシアヌレート等の複素環式エポキシ化合物;ジシクロペンタジエンジオキシド等のジオキシド化合物;ナフタレン型エポキシ化合物;トリフェニルメタン型エポキシ化合物;ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ化合物等を用いることもできる。
As the polyfunctional epoxy compound, it is preferable to use one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of bisphenol-type epoxy compounds and glycidyl ethers because a colored curable resin composition with better characteristics can be obtained.
As the bisphenol type epoxy compound, an epoxy compound represented by the above general formula (I) can be used, and for example, a bisphenol type epoxy compound such as a hydrogenated bisphenol type epoxy compound can also be used.
Examples of the glycidyl ethers include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, 1,8-octanediol diglycidyl ether, 1,10-decanediol diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol diglycidyl ether, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, triethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tetraethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexaethylene glycol diglycidyl Ether, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol diglycidyl ether, 1,1,1-tri (glycidyloxymethyl) propane, 1,1,1-to (Glycidyloxymethyl) ethane, 1,1,1-tri (glycidyloxymethyl) methane, and 1,1,1,1- tetra (glycidyloxymethyl) can be used such as methane.
Other novolac epoxy compounds such as phenol novolac epoxy compounds, biphenyl novolac epoxy compounds, cresol novolac epoxy compounds, bisphenol A novolac epoxy compounds and dicyclopentadiene novolac epoxy compounds; 3,4-epoxy-6-methyl Cycloaliphatic epoxies such as cyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate and 1-epoxyethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexane Compound; Glycidyl esters such as diglycidyl phthalate, diglycidyl tetrahydrophthalate and dimer acid glycidyl; tetraglycidyl di Glycidylamines such as minodiphenylmethane, triglycidyl P-aminophenol and N, N-diglycidylaniline; heterocyclic epoxy compounds such as 1,3-diglycidyl-5,5-dimethylhydantoin and triglycidyl isocyanurate; Dioxide compounds such as pentadiene dioxide; naphthalene type epoxy compounds; triphenylmethane type epoxy compounds; dicyclopentadiene type epoxy compounds can also be used.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)としては、インダン骨格を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を好ましく挙げられる。
 上記インダン骨格を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、インダン骨格を有するビスフェノール化合物をエポキシ化した後、不飽和塩基酸と反応させたもの;インダン骨格を有するノボラック化合物をエポキシ化した後、不飽和塩基酸と反応させたもの;インダン骨格を有するビスフェノール化合物にアルキレンオキシドを付加させた後、エポキシ化を行い、不飽和塩基酸と反応させたもの;インダン骨格を有するノボラック化合物にアルキレンオキシドを付加させた後、エポキシ化を行い、不飽和塩基酸と反応させたもの等が挙げられる。
Preferred examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) include ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an indane skeleton.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound having an indane skeleton is obtained by epoxidizing a bisphenol compound having an indane skeleton and then reacting with an unsaturated basic acid; after epoxidizing a novolak compound having an indane skeleton, an unsaturated base A product reacted with an acid; an alkylene oxide added to a bisphenol compound having an indane skeleton, followed by epoxidation and a reaction with an unsaturated basic acid; an alkylene oxide added to a novolak compound having an indane skeleton Thereafter, epoxidation and reaction with an unsaturated basic acid are exemplified.
 具体的には、上記インダン骨格を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、1,1-ビス[4-[(4-エチレンフェニル)メトキシ]フェニル]-2,3-ジヒドロ―3-フェニル―1H-インデン、(3-フェニル-2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-インデン-1,1-ジイル)ビス(4,1-フェニレン)ジアクリレート及び(3,5-フェニル-2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-インデン-1,1-ジイル)ビス(4,1-フェニレン)ジアクリレート等が挙げられる。 Specifically, examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an indane skeleton include 1,1-bis [4-[(4-ethylenephenyl) methoxy] phenyl] -2,3-dihydro-3-phenyl- 1H-indene, (3-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-indene-1,1-diyl) bis (4,1-phenylene) diacrylate and (3,5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1H -Indene-1,1-diyl) bis (4,1-phenylene) diacrylate and the like.
 上記インダン骨格を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、下記一般式(III)で表されるエポキシ化合物とエチレン性不飽和一塩基酸との反応によって得られるエポキシ付加物と、多塩基酸無水物とのエステル化反応により得られる反応生成物であるエチレン性不飽和化合物が、着色剤分散性、硬化性などが良いことから好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(式中、Yは下記式(イ)及び(ロ)で表される群から選ばれる置換基を表し、R21~R28は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10のアルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子を表し、kは0~10の数である。kが1~10の数である場合、化合物中に複数存在するR21~R28及びYは、それぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合がある。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(式中、R29~R44は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~20のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数6~20のアリール基、炭素原子数7~20のアリールアルキル基、炭素原子数2~20の複素環基、又はハロゲン原子を表し、上記アルキル基及びアリールアルキル基中のアルキレン部分は、不飽和結合、-O-又は-S-で中断される場合があり、R29とR30、R30とR31、R31とR32、R37とR38、R38とR39及びR39とR40は、結合して環を形成する場合がある。)
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an indane skeleton include an epoxy adduct obtained by reaction of an epoxy compound represented by the following general formula (III) with an ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid, a polybasic acid anhydride, An ethylenically unsaturated compound, which is a reaction product obtained by the esterification reaction, is preferred because of good colorant dispersibility and curability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Wherein Y represents a substituent selected from the group represented by the following formulas (A) and (B), and R 21 to R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a halogen atom, and k is a number from 0 to 10. When k is a number from 1 to 10, a plurality of R 21 to R 28 present in the compound and Y may be the same or different.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(Wherein R 29 to R 44 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom) Represents an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, and the alkylene moiety in the alkyl group and arylalkyl group is an unsaturated bond, —O— or —S—. R 29 and R 30 , R 30 and R 31 , R 31 and R 32 , R 37 and R 38 , R 38 and R 39 and R 39 and R 40 are bonded to form a ring. May form.)
 上記一般式(III)中、R21~R28で表される炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基としては、メチル、エチル、プロピル、iso-プロピル、ブチル、sec-ブチル、tert-ブチル、iso-ブチル、アミル、iso-アミル、tert-アミル、ヘキシル、ヘプチル、イソヘプチル、t-ヘプチル、n-オクチル、イソオクチル、t-オクチル、2-エチルヘキシル、n-ノニル、トリフルオロメチル、ジフルオロメチル、モノフルオロメチル、ペンタフルオロエチル、テトラフルオロエチル、トリフルオロエチル、ジフルオロエチル、ヘプタフルオロプロピル、ヘキサフルオロプロピル、ペンタフルオロプロピル、テトラフルオロプロピル、トリフルオロプロピル、パーフルオロブチル、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘプチル、シクロオクチル、シクロノニル及びシクロデシル等が挙げられる。 In the general formula (III), the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 21 to R 28 includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, iso -Butyl, amyl, iso-amyl, tert-amyl, hexyl, heptyl, isoheptyl, t-heptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, t-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-nonyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, monofluoro Methyl, pentafluoroethyl, tetrafluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, hexafluoropropyl, pentafluoropropyl, tetrafluoropropyl, trifluoropropyl, perfluorobutyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, Ropenchiru, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, etc. cyclononyl and cyclodecyl and the like.
 上記一般式(III)中、R21~R28で表される炭素原子数1~10のアルコキシ基としては、メチルオキシ、エチルオキシ、iso-プロピルオキシ、プロピルオキシ、ブチルオキシ、ペンチルオキシ、iso-ペンチルオキシ、ヘキシルオキシ、ヘプチルオキシ、オクチルオキシ、2-エチルヘキシルオキシ、トリフルオロメチルオキシ、ジフルオロメチルオキシ、モノフルオロメチルオキシ、ペンタフルオロエチルオキシ、テトラフルオロエチルオキシ、トリフルオロエチルオキシ、ジフルオロエチルオキシ、ヘプタフルオロプロピルオキシ、ヘキサフルオロプロピルオキシ、ペンタフルオロプロピルオキシ、テトラフルオロプロピルオキシ、トリフルオロプロピルオキシ、パーフルオロブチルオキシ、シクロプロピルオキシ、シクロブチルオキシ、シクロペンチルオキシ、シクロヘキシルオキシ、シクロヘプチルオキシ、シクロオクチルオキシ、シクロノニルオキシ及びシクロデシルオキシ等が挙げられる。 In the general formula (III), the alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 21 to R 28 is methyloxy, ethyloxy, iso-propyloxy, propyloxy, butyloxy, pentyloxy, iso-pentyl. Oxy, hexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, trifluoromethyloxy, difluoromethyloxy, monofluoromethyloxy, pentafluoroethyloxy, tetrafluoroethyloxy, trifluoroethyloxy, difluoroethyloxy, hepta Fluoropropyloxy, hexafluoropropyloxy, pentafluoropropyloxy, tetrafluoropropyloxy, trifluoropropyloxy, perfluorobutyloxy, cyclopropyloxy, Black butyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cycloheptyloxy, cyclooctyloxy include cyclo-nonyl oxy and cycloalkyl decyloxy and the like.
 上記一般式(III)中、R21~R28で表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 In the general formula (III), examples of the halogen atom represented by R 21 to R 28 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 上記一般式(III)中のYである上記式(イ)及び(ロ)で表される群から選ばれる置換基において、R29~R44で表される炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基としては、メチル、エチル、プロピル、iso-プロピル、ブチル、sec-ブチル、tert-ブチル、iso-ブチル、アミル、iso-アミル、tert-アミル、ヘキシル、ヘプチル、イソヘプチル、t-ヘプチル、n-オクチル、イソオクチル、t-オクチル、2-エチルヘキシル、n-ノニル、n-デシル、ウンデシル、ドデシル、トリデシル、イソトリデシル、ミリスチル、パルミチル、ステアリル、トリフルオロメチル、ジフルオロメチル、モノフルオロメチル、ペンタフルオロエチル、テトラフルオロエチル、トリフルオロエチル、ジフルオロエチル、ヘプタフルオロプロピル、ヘキサフルオロプロピル、ペンタフルオロプロピル、テトラフルオロプロピル、トリフルオロプロピル、パーフルオロブチル、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘプチル、シクロオクチル、シクロノニル及びシクロデシル等が挙げられる。 In the substituent selected from the group represented by the above formulas (a) and (b) that is Y in the general formula (III), an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 29 to R 44 As methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, iso-butyl, amyl, iso-amyl, tert-amyl, hexyl, heptyl, isoheptyl, t-heptyl, n-octyl , Isooctyl, t-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, isotridecyl, myristyl, palmityl, stearyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, monofluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, tetrafluoro Ethyl, trifluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, Data fluoropropyl, hexafluoropropyl, pentafluoropropyl, tetrafluoropropyl, trifluoropropyl, perfluorobutyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, etc. cyclononyl and cyclodecyl and the like.
 上記一般式(III)中のYである上記式(イ)及び(ロ)で表される群から選ばれる置換基において、R29~R44で表される炭素原子数1~20のアルコキシ基としては、メチルオキシ、エチルオキシ、iso-プロピルオキシ、プロピルオキシ、ブチルオキシ、ペンチルオキシ、iso-ペンチルオキシ、ヘキシルオキシ、ヘプチルオキシ、オクチルオキシ、2-エチルヘキシルオキシ、n-ノニルオキシ、n-デシルオキシ、ウンデシルオキシ、ドデシルオキシ、トリデシルオキシ、イソトリデシルオキシ、ミリスチルオキシ、パルミチルオキシ、ステアリルオキシ、トリフルオロメチルオキシ、ジフルオロメチルオキシ、モノフルオロメチルオキシ、ペンタフルオロエチルオキシ、テトラフルオロエチルオキシ、トリフルオロエチルオキシ、ジフルオロエチルオキシ、ヘプタフルオロプロピルオキシ、ヘキサフルオロプロピルオキシ、ペンタフルオロプロピルオキシ、テトラフルオロプロピルオキシ、トリフルオロプロピルオキシ、パーフルオロブチルオキシ、シクロプロピルオキシ、シクロブチルオキシ、シクロペンチルオキシ、シクロヘキシルオキシ、シクロヘプチルオキシ、シクロオクチルオキシ、シクロノニルオキシ及びシクロデシルオキシ等が挙げられる。 In the substituent selected from the group represented by the above formulas (a) and (b) that is Y in the general formula (III), an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 29 to R 44 As methyloxy, ethyloxy, iso-propyloxy, propyloxy, butyloxy, pentyloxy, iso-pentyloxy, hexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, n-nonyloxy, n-decyloxy, undecyl Oxy, dodecyloxy, tridecyloxy, isotridecyloxy, myristyloxy, palmityloxy, stearyloxy, trifluoromethyloxy, difluoromethyloxy, monofluoromethyloxy, pentafluoroethyloxy, tetrafluoroethyloxy, trifluoro Tiloxy, difluoroethyloxy, heptafluoropropyloxy, hexafluoropropyloxy, pentafluoropropyloxy, tetrafluoropropyloxy, trifluoropropyloxy, perfluorobutyloxy, cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, Examples include cycloheptyloxy, cyclooctyloxy, cyclononyloxy, and cyclodecyloxy.
 上記一般式(III)中のYである上記式(イ)及び(ロ)で表される群から選ばれる置換基において、R29~R44で表される炭素原子数6~20のアリール基としては、フェニル、ナフチル、アントラセン-1-イル、フェナントレン-1-イル、o-トリル、m-トリル、p-トリル、4-ビニルフェニル、3-イソプロピルフェニル、4-イソプロピルフェニル、4-ブチルフェニル、4-イソブチルフェニル、4-t-ブチルフェニル、4-ヘキシルフェニル、4-シクロヘキシルフェニル、4-オクチルフェニル、4-(2-エチルヘキシル)フェニル、2,3-ジメチルフェニル、2,4-ジメチルフェニル、2,5-ジメチルフェニル、2,6-ジメチルフェニル、3,4-ジメチルフェニル、3,5-ジメチルフェニル、2,4-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル、2,5-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル、2,6-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル、2,4-ジ-t-ペンチルフェニル、2,5-ジ-t-アミルフェニル、シクロヘキシルフェニル、ビフェニル、2,4,5-トリメチルフェニル、4-クロロフェニル、3,4-ジクロロフェニル、4-トリクロロフェニル、4-トリフルオロフェニル及びパーフルオロフェニル等が挙げられ、
 R29~R44で表される炭素原子数7~20のアリールアルキル基としては、ベンジル、フェネチル、2-フェニルプロピル、ジフェニルメチル、トリフェニルメチル、スチリル、シンナミル及び4-クロロフェニルメチル等が挙げられる。
In the substituent selected from the group represented by the above formulas (A) and (B) that is Y in the general formula (III), an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 29 to R 44 As phenyl, naphthyl, anthracen-1-yl, phenanthren-1-yl, o-tolyl, m-tolyl, p-tolyl, 4-vinylphenyl, 3-isopropylphenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 4-butylphenyl 4-isobutylphenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, 4-octylphenyl, 4- (2-ethylhexyl) phenyl, 2,3-dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl 2,4-di-t-butylphenyl, 2,5-di-t-butylphenyl, 2,6-di-t-butylphenyl, 2,4-di-t-pentylphenyl, 2,5-di -T-amylphenyl, cyclohexylphenyl, biphenyl, 2,4,5-trimethylphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-trichlorophenyl, 4-trifluorophenyl, perfluorophenyl, etc.
Examples of the arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 29 to R 44 include benzyl, phenethyl, 2-phenylpropyl, diphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl, styryl, cinnamyl and 4-chlorophenylmethyl. .
 上記一般式(III)中のYである上記式(イ)及び(ロ)で表される群から選ばれる置換基において、R29~R44で表される炭素数2~20の複素環基としては、ピロリル、ピリジル、ピリミジル、ピリダジル、ピペラジル、ピペリジル、ピラニル、ピラゾリル、トリアジル、ピロリジル、キノリル、イソキノリル、イミダゾリル、ベンゾイミダゾリル、トリアゾリル、フリル、フラニル、ベンゾフラニル、チエニル、チオフェニル、ベンゾチオフェニル、チアジアゾリル、チアゾリル、ベンゾチアゾリル、オキサゾリル、ベンゾオキサゾリル、イソチアゾリル、イソオキサゾリル、インドリル、ユロリジル、モルフォリニル、チオモルフォリニル、2-ピロリジノン-1-イル、2-ピペリドン-1-イル、2,4-ジオキシイミダゾリジン-3-イル及び2,4-ジオキシオキサゾリジン-3-イル等が挙げられる。 In the substituent selected from the group represented by the above formulas (a) and (b), which is Y in the general formula (III), a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 29 to R 44 As pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridadyl, piperazyl, piperidyl, pyranyl, pyrazolyl, triazyl, pyrrolidyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, triazolyl, furyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, thienyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl , Benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, urolidyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 2-pyrrolidinon-1-yl, 2-piperidone-1-yl, 2,4-dioxyimi Zorijin-3-yl and 2,4-dioxy-oxazolidinedione-3-yl, and the like.
 上記一般式(III)中のYである上記式(イ)及び(ロ)で表される群から選ばれる置換基において、R29~R44で表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 In the substituent selected from the group represented by the above formulas (A) and (B) which is Y in the general formula (III), the halogen atom represented by R 29 to R 44 includes a fluorine atom, chlorine An atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned.
上記一般式(III)中のYである上記式(イ)及び(ロ)で表される群から選ばれる置換基において、R29とR30、R30とR31、R31とR32、R37とR38、R38とR39及びR39とR40は、結合して形成する環としては、例えば、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、シクロペンテン、ベンゼン、ピロリジン、ピロール、ピペラジン、モルホリン、チオモルホリン、テトラヒドロピリジン、ラクトン環及びラクタム環等の5~7員環並びにナフタレン及びアントラセン等の縮合環等が挙げられる。 In the substituent selected from the group represented by the above formulas (A) and (B) which is Y in the general formula (III), R 29 and R 30 , R 30 and R 31 , R 31 and R 32 , R 37 and R 38 , R 38 and R 39 and R 39 and R 40 are, for example, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclopentene, benzene, pyrrolidine, pyrrole, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, Examples thereof include 5- to 7-membered rings such as tetrahydropyridine, lactone ring and lactam ring, and condensed rings such as naphthalene and anthracene.
 一般式(III)で表されるエポキシ化合物と反応させる上記エチレン性不飽和一塩基酸とは、構造中に不飽和結合を有し、電離して水素イオンになることのできる水素原子を1分子あたり1個もつ酸を意味する。
 上記エチレン性不飽和一塩基酸としては、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、ソルビン酸及びヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート・マレート、ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート・マレート、ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート・マレート、ジシクロペンタジエン・マレート等が挙げられ、重合性が高いことから、アクリル酸及びメタクリル酸が好ましい。
The ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid to be reacted with the epoxy compound represented by the general formula (III) is a single hydrogen atom that has an unsaturated bond in the structure and can be ionized to form a hydrogen ion. It means an acid with one per unit.
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, sorbic acid and hydroxyethyl methacrylate / malate, hydroxypropyl methacrylate / malate, hydroxypropyl acrylate / malate, dicyclopentadiene / Examples thereof include malate, and acrylic acid and methacrylic acid are preferable because of high polymerizability.
 一般式(III)で表されるエポキシ化合物とエチレン性不飽和一塩基酸との反応によって得られるエポキシ付加物とエステル化反応させる上記多塩基酸無水物としては、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、無水コハク酸、無水マレイン酸、トリメリット酸無水物、ピロメリット酸無水物、2,2'-3,3'-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸無水物、エチレングリコールビスアンヒドロトリメリテート、グリセロールトリスアンヒドロトリメリテート、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、メチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ナジック酸無水物、メチルナジック酸無水物、トリアルキルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフリル)-3-メチル-3-シクロヘキセン-1,2-ジカルボン酸無水物、トリアルキルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸-無水マレイン酸付加物、ドデセニル無水コハク酸、無水メチルハイミック酸等が挙げられる。 The polybasic acid anhydride to be esterified with the epoxy adduct obtained by the reaction of the epoxy compound represented by the general formula (III) and the ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid includes biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, 2,2'-3,3'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic anhydride, ethylene glycol bisanhydro trimellitate , Glycerol trisanhydro trimellitate, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, nadic anhydride, methyl nadic anhydride, trialkyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, 5- (2,5- Dioxotetrahydrofuryl) -3-methyl-3-si Rohekisen 1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, trialkyl tetrahydrophthalic anhydride - maleic acid adduct, dodecenyl succinic anhydride, and anhydride and methyl high Mick acid.
 上記一般式(III)で表されるエポキシ化合物と上記エチレン性不飽和一塩基酸及び上記多塩基酸無水物の反応モル比は、以下の通りとすることが好ましい。
 即ち、上記エポキシ化合物のエポキシ基1個に対し、上記エチレン性不飽和一塩基酸のカルボキシル基が0.1~1.0個で付加させた構造を有するエポキシ付加物において、該エポキシ付加物の水酸基1個に対し、上記多塩基酸無水物の多塩基酸無水物構造が0.1~1.0個となる比率となるようにするのが好ましい。
 上記エポキシ化合物、上記エチレン性不飽和一塩基酸及び上記多塩基酸無水物の反応例を下記に示すが、下記反応スキーム1に限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
The reaction molar ratio of the epoxy compound represented by the general formula (III) to the ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid and the polybasic acid anhydride is preferably as follows.
That is, in an epoxy adduct having a structure in which 0.1 to 1.0 carboxyl groups of the ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid are added to one epoxy group of the epoxy compound, It is preferable that the polybasic acid anhydride has a polybasic acid anhydride structure in a ratio of 0.1 to 1.0 with respect to one hydroxyl group.
Although the reaction example of the said epoxy compound, the said ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid, and the said polybasic acid anhydride is shown below, it is not limited to the following reaction scheme 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 上記エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)としては、上記の反応生成物の中でも、一般式(III)で表されるエポキシ化合物として、R21~R26が水素原子であるものを用いることが、入手しやすさや本発明の効果をより一層高める観点から好ましい。また同様の観点から、Yが(イ)で表される基であり、R29~R36が水素原子又はフェニル基であるもの、あるいは、Yが(ロ)で表される基であり、R37~R44が水素原子又はフェニル基であるものを用いることも好ましい。
 また、着色重合性組成物の重合性が高くなることから、上記エチレン性不飽和一塩基酸として炭素原子数5以下のものを用いるものが好ましく、特にアクリル酸、メタクリル酸等を用いるものが好ましい。
 また、着色剤の分散性に優れることから、多塩基酸無水物としてベンゼン環又は飽和脂肪環を有するものが好ましく、特にビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ニ無水物、無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ビフタル酸無水物等を用いたものが好ましい
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F), among the above reaction products, it is possible to use an epoxy compound represented by the general formula (III) in which R 21 to R 26 are hydrogen atoms. It is preferable from the viewpoint of further enhancing the ease of use and the effects of the present invention. From the same viewpoint, Y is a group represented by (A), R 29 to R 36 are a hydrogen atom or a phenyl group, or Y is a group represented by (B), and R It is also preferred to use those in which 37 to R 44 are a hydrogen atom or a phenyl group.
Moreover, since the polymerizable property of the colored polymerizable composition is high, those using 5 or less carbon atoms are preferable as the ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid, and those using acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, etc. are particularly preferable. .
In addition, since the dispersibility of the colorant is excellent, those having a benzene ring or a saturated alicyclic ring as the polybasic acid anhydride are preferable. Those using anhydrides are preferred.
 本発明で用いるエチレン性不飽和化合物(F)としては、着色剤の分散性、硬化性が良好なことから、上記の反応生成物の中でも、とりわけ、原料として下記の化合物を用いることにより得られる生成物が好ましいが、これらに制限されるものではない。
 具体的には、例えば、上記一般式(III)で表されるエポキシ化合物として1,1-ビス〔4-(2,3-エポキシプロピルオキシ)フェニル〕インダンを、エチレン性不飽和一塩基酸としてアクリル酸を、多塩基酸無水物としてビフタル酸無水物を選択してなる生成物;
 上記一般式(I)で表されるエポキシ化合物として1,1-ビス〔4-(2,3-エポキシプロピルオキシ)フェニル〕インダンを、不飽和一塩基酸としてアクリル酸を、多塩基酸無水物としてテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸を用いて得られた生成物;
 上記一般式(I)で表されるエポキシ化合物として1,1-ビス〔4-(2,3-エポキシプロピルオキシ)フェニル〕インダンを、不飽和一塩基酸としてアクリル酸を、多塩基酸としてフタル酸無水物を用いて得られた生成物;
 上記一般式(I)で表されるエポキシ化合物として1,1-ビス〔4-(2,3-エポキシプロピルオキシ)フェニル〕インダンを、不飽和一塩基酸としてアクリル酸を、多塩基酸無水物としてビフタル酸無水物及びテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸を用いて得られた生成物;及び
 上記一般式(I)で表されるエポキシ化合物として1,1-ビス〔4-(2,3-エポキシプロピルオキシ)フェニル〕-3-フェニルインダンを、不飽和一塩基酸としてアクリル酸を、多塩基酸無水物としてビフタル酸無水物及びテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸を用いて得られた生成物等が挙げられる。
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) used in the present invention, since the dispersibility and curability of the colorant are good, among the above reaction products, it is obtained by using the following compounds as raw materials, among others. Products are preferred, but not limited thereto.
Specifically, for example, 1,1-bis [4- (2,3-epoxypropyloxy) phenyl] indane as an epoxy compound represented by the above general formula (III) is used as an ethylenically unsaturated monobasic acid. A product comprising acrylic acid and biphthalic anhydride as the polybasic acid anhydride;
1,1-bis [4- (2,3-epoxypropyloxy) phenyl] indane as an epoxy compound represented by the above general formula (I), acrylic acid as an unsaturated monobasic acid, polybasic acid anhydride The product obtained using tetrahydrophthalic anhydride as
1,1-bis [4- (2,3-epoxypropyloxy) phenyl] indane as an epoxy compound represented by the above general formula (I), acrylic acid as an unsaturated monobasic acid, and phthalate as a polybasic acid Products obtained using acid anhydrides;
1,1-bis [4- (2,3-epoxypropyloxy) phenyl] indane as an epoxy compound represented by the above general formula (I), acrylic acid as an unsaturated monobasic acid, polybasic acid anhydride A product obtained by using biphthalic anhydride and tetrahydrophthalic anhydride as: 1,1-bis [4- (2,3-epoxypropyloxy) as an epoxy compound represented by the above general formula (I) Products obtained using phenyl] -3-phenylindane, acrylic acid as the unsaturated monobasic acid, biphthalic anhydride and tetrahydrophthalic anhydride as the polybasic acid anhydride, and the like.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物において、エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、着色重合性組成物固形分の合計100質量部中、後述する硬化物の耐薬品性が良好になることから、好ましくは5~60質量部、より好ましくは、5~50質量部である。上記、エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)の含有量が5質量部より小さいと、後述する硬化物の耐薬品性が劣る場合があり、60質量部より大きいと十分な着色が得られない場合がある。
 着色重合性組成物が、例えば、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物である場合には、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物におけるエチレン性不飽和化合物(F)の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物の固形分の合計100質量部中、好ましくは10~60質量部、より好ましくは、5~50質量部である。
In the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) is not particularly limited, but the cured product described later in a total of 100 parts by weight of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition. The chemical resistance is preferably 5 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass. When the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) is smaller than 5 parts by mass, the chemical resistance of the cured product described later may be inferior, and when it is larger than 60 parts by mass, sufficient coloring may not be obtained. is there.
When the colored polymerizable composition is, for example, a colored polymerizable composition for a color filter, the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) in the colored polymerizable composition for a color filter is the colored polymerization for the color filter. It is preferably 10 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, in a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the composition.
<重合開始剤(G)>
 本発明の着色重合性組成物に用いられる重合開始剤(G)としては、従来既知のラジカル重合開始剤を用いることができる。従来既知のラジカル重合開始剤としては光重合開始剤又は熱重合開始剤が挙げられる。
 光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフェノン、フェニルビフェニルケトン、1-ヒドロキシ-1-ベンゾイルシクロヘキサン、ベンゾイン、ベンジルジメチルケタール、1-ベンジル-1-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4'-モルホリノベンゾイル)プロパン、2-モルホリル-2-(4'-メチルメルカプト)ベンゾイルプロパン、チオキサントン、1-クロル-4-プロポキシチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、ジエチルチオキサントン、エチルアントラキノン、4-ベンゾイル-4'-メチルジフェニルスルフィド、ベンゾインブチルエーテル、2-ヒドロキシ-2-ベンゾイルプロパン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-(4'-イソプロピル)ベンゾイルプロパン、4-ブチルベンゾイルトリクロロメタン、4-フェノキシベンゾイルジクロロメタン、ベンゾイル蟻酸メチル、1,7-ビス(9'-アクリジニル)ヘプタン、9-n-ブチル-3,6-ビス(2'-モルホリノイソブチロイル)カルバゾール、2-メチル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-フェニル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-ナフチル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,2-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,5,4’,5’-テトラフェニル-1-2’-ビイミダゾール、4、4-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、トリフェニルホスフィン、カンファーキノン、N-1414、N-1717、N-1919、NCI-831、NCI-930(ADEKA社製)、IRGACURE369、IRGACURE907、IRGACURE OXE 01及びIRGACURE OXE 02(BASF社製)等が挙げられ、 熱重合開始剤としては、2,2′-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、2,2′-アゾビス(メチルイソブチレ-ト)、2,2’-アゾビス-2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル、1,1’-アゾビス(1-アセトキシ-1-フェニルエタン)等のアゾ系開始剤;ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、ジ-t-ブチルベンゾイルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルパーオキシピバレート、ジ(4-t-ブチルシクロヘキシル)パーオキシジカーボネート等の過酸化物系開始剤、過硫酸アンモニウム、過硫酸ナトリウム及び過硫酸カリウム等の過硫酸塩等が挙げられる。
<Polymerization initiator (G)>
A conventionally known radical polymerization initiator can be used as the polymerization initiator (G) used in the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention. Conventionally known radical polymerization initiators include photopolymerization initiators and thermal polymerization initiators.
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzophenone, phenylbiphenyl ketone, 1-hydroxy-1-benzoylcyclohexane, benzoin, benzyldimethyl ketal, 1-benzyl-1-dimethylamino-1- (4′-morpholinobenzoyl) propane, 2- Morpholyl-2- (4′-methylmercapto) benzoylpropane, thioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, diethylthioxanthone, ethyl anthraquinone, 4-benzoyl-4′-methyldiphenyl sulfide, benzoin butyl ether, 2- Hydroxy-2-benzoylpropane, 2-hydroxy-2- (4'-isopropyl) benzoylpropane, 4-butylbenzoyltrichloromethane, 4-phenoxybenzoyldichloro Methane, methyl benzoylformate, 1,7-bis (9′-acridinyl) heptane, 9-n-butyl-3,6-bis (2′-morpholinoisobutyroyl) carbazole, 2-methyl-4,6-bis (Trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-naphthyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,2-bis (2-Chlorophenyl) -4,5,4 ', 5'-tetraphenyl-1-2'-biimidazole, 4,4-azobisisobutyronitrile, triphenylphosphine, camphorquinone, N-1414, N -1717, N-1919, NCI-831, NCI-930 (made by ADEKA), IRGACURE369, IRGACURE907, IRGACURE XE 01 and IRGACURE OXE 02 (manufactured by BASF) and the like. Examples of thermal polymerization initiators include 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis (methylisobutyrate), Azo initiators such as' -azobis-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile, 1,1'-azobis (1-acetoxy-1-phenylethane); benzoyl peroxide, di-t-butylbenzoyl peroxide, t- Examples thereof include peroxide initiators such as butyl peroxypivalate and di (4-t-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate, and persulfates such as ammonium persulfate, sodium persulfate and potassium persulfate.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物に用いられる重合開始剤(G)としては、特に、下記一般式
(IV)で表される化合物を使用することが、着色重合性組成物の感度及び着色重合性組成物から得られる硬化物の耐熱性が良いことから好ましい。
As the polymerization initiator (G) used in the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use a compound represented by the following general formula (IV). The cured product obtained from the composition is preferable because of good heat resistance.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(式中、R51及びR52は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~20のアリール基、炭素原子数7~20のアリールアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~20の複素環基を表す場合があり、又は、R51又はR52は、隣接するベンゼン環に結合してXを含む環を形成する場合もあり、
 R53及びR54は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、水酸基、カルボキシル基、炭素原子数3~20のシクロアルキル基、炭素原子数4~20のシクロアルキルアルキル基、R55、OR55、SR55、NR5657、COR55、SOR55、SO55又はCONR5657を表し、
 R55~R57は、それぞれ独立に、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~20のアリール基、炭素原子数7~20のアリールアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~20の複素環基を表し、
 Xは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、CR5859、CO、NR60又はPR60を表し、
 Xは、単結合又はCOを表し、
 R58~R60は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~20のアリール基又は炭素原子数7~20のアリールアルキル基を表し、
 前記のアルキル基又はアリールアルキル基中のメチレン基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアン基、水酸基、カルボキシル基又は複素環基で置換されている場合があり、-O-で中断されている場合があり、
 R58とR59とは結合し環を形成している場合があり、
 aは、0~4の整数を表し、
 bは、0~5の整数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Wherein R 51 and R 52 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a nitro group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms In some cases, it may represent an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or R 51 or R 52 may be bonded to an adjacent benzene ring to form a ring containing X 1 There is also
R 53 and R 54 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms. , R 55 , OR 55 , SR 55 , NR 56 R 57 , COR 55 , SOR 55 , SO 2 R 55 or CONR 56 R 57 ,
R 55 to R 57 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, or a complex having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Represents a cyclic group,
X 1 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, CR 58 R 59, CO, a NR 60 or PR 60,
X 2 represents a single bond or CO,
R 58 to R 60 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms,
The methylene group in the alkyl group or arylalkyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom, nitro group, cyan group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group or heterocyclic group, and may be interrupted by —O—. Yes,
R 58 and R 59 may combine to form a ring,
a represents an integer of 0 to 4,
b represents an integer of 0 to 5. )
 一般式(IV)の各記号で表されるアルキル基、アリール基、アリールアルキル基、複素環基の例としては、上記R29~R44で表されるアルキル基、アリール基、アリールアルキル基、複素環基の例と同様のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group, aryl group, arylalkyl group and heterocyclic group represented by each symbol of the general formula (IV) include the alkyl group, aryl group, arylalkyl group represented by the above R 29 to R 44 , The thing similar to the example of a heterocyclic group is mentioned.
 一般式(IV)で表される化合物中、R53及びR54で表される上記炭素原子数3~20のシクロアルキル基とは、3~20の炭素原子を有する、飽和単環式又は飽和多環式アルキル基を意味する。例えば、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘプチル、シクロオクチル、シクロノニル、シクロデシル、アダマンチル、デカハイドロナフチル、オクタヒドロペンタレン、ビシクロ[1.1.1]ペンタニル及びテトラデカヒドロアントラセニル等が挙げられ、上記炭素原子数3~10のシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘプチル、シクロオクチル、シクロノニル、シクロデシル、アダマンチル、デカハイドロナフチル、オクタヒドロペンタレン及びビシクロ[1.1.1]ペンタニル等が挙げられる。 In the compound represented by the general formula (IV), the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 53 and R 54 is a saturated monocyclic or saturated group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. A polycyclic alkyl group is meant. For example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, adamantyl, decahydronaphthyl, octahydropentalene, bicyclo [1.1.1] pentanyl and tetradecahydroanthracenyl Examples of the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, adamantyl, decahydronaphthyl, octahydropentalene and bicyclo [1.1.1] pentanyl and the like.
 一般式(IV)で表される化合物中、R53及びR54で表される上記炭素原子数4~20のシクロアルキルアルキル基とは、アルキル基の水素原子が、シクロアルキル基で置換された4~20の炭素原子を有する基を意味する。例えば、シクロプロピルメチル、シクロブチルメチル、シクロペンチルメチル、シクロヘキシルメチル、シクロヘプチルメチル、シクロオクチルメチル、シクロノニルメチル、シクロデシルメチル、2-シクロブチルエチル、2-シクロペンチルエチル、2-シクロヘキシルエチル、2-シクロヘプチルエチル、2-シクロオクチルエチル、2-シクロノニルエチル、2-シクロデシルエチル、3-シクロブチルプロピル、3-シクロペンチルプロピル、3-シクロヘキシルプロピル、3-シクロヘプチルプロピル、3-シクロオクチルプロピル、3-シクロノニルプロピル、3-シクロデシルプロピル、4-シクロブチルブチル、4-シクロペンチルブチル、4-シクロヘキシルブチル、4-シクロヘプチルブチル、4-シクロオクチルブチル、4-シクロノニルブチル、4-シクロデシルブチル、3-3-アダマンチルプロピル及びデカハイドロナフチルプロピル等が挙げられ、上記炭素原子数4~10のシクロアルキルアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピルメチル、シクロブチルメチル、シクロペンチルメチル、シクロヘキシルメチル、シクロヘプチルメチル、シクロオクチルメチル、シクロノニルメチル、2-シクロブチルエチル、2-シクロペンチルエチル、2-シクロヘキシルエチル、2-シクロヘプチルエチル、2-シクロオクチルエチル、3-シクロブチルプロピル、3-シクロペンチルプロピル、3-シクロヘキシルプロピル、3-シクロヘプチルプロピル、4-シクロブチルブチル、4-シクロペンチルブチル及び4-シクロヘキシルブチル等が挙げられる。 In the compound represented by the general formula (IV), the cycloalkyl alkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 53 and R 54 is obtained by replacing the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group with a cycloalkyl group. Means a group having from 4 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, cyclooctylmethyl, cyclononylmethyl, cyclodecylmethyl, 2-cyclobutylethyl, 2-cyclopentylethyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 2- Cycloheptylethyl, 2-cyclooctylethyl, 2-cyclononylethyl, 2-cyclodecylethyl, 3-cyclobutylpropyl, 3-cyclopentylpropyl, 3-cyclohexylpropyl, 3-cycloheptylpropyl, 3-cyclooctylpropyl, 3-cyclononylpropyl, 3-cyclodecylpropyl, 4-cyclobutylbutyl, 4-cyclopentylbutyl, 4-cyclohexylbutyl, 4-cycloheptylbutyl, 4-cyclooctylbutyl , 4-cyclononylbutyl, 4-cyclodecylbutyl, 3-3-adamantylpropyl, decahydronaphthylpropyl and the like. Examples of the cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms include cyclopropylmethyl , Cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, cyclooctylmethyl, cyclononylmethyl, 2-cyclobutylethyl, 2-cyclopentylethyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 2-cycloheptylethyl, 2-cyclooctylethyl , 3-cyclobutylpropyl, 3-cyclopentylpropyl, 3-cyclohexylpropyl, 3-cycloheptylpropyl, 4-cyclobutylbutyl, 4-cyclopentylbutyl, 4-cyclohexylbutyl, etc. It is.
 R51又はR52が隣接するベンゼン環と結合して形成される、Xを含む環としては、例えば、カルバゾール、キサンテン、ジベンゾフラン及びジベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ring containing X 1 formed by combining R 51 or R 52 with an adjacent benzene ring include carbazole, xanthene, dibenzofuran and dibenzothiophene.
 R58とR59とが結合して形成する環としては、例えば、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、シクロペンテン、ベンゼン、ピロリジン、ピロール、ピペラジン、モルホリン、チオモルホリン、テトラヒドロピリジン、ラクトン環及びラクタム環等の5~7員環並びにナフタレン及びアントラセン等の縮合環等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ring formed by combining R 58 and R 59 include 5 to 5 such as cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclopentene, benzene, pyrrolidine, pyrrole, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, tetrahydropyridine, lactone ring, and lactam ring. Examples thereof include 7-membered rings and condensed rings such as naphthalene and anthracene.
 これらの重合開始剤は1種或いは2種以上のものを所望の性能に応じて配合して使用することができる。 These polymerization initiators can be used alone or in combination of two or more according to the desired performance.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物において、重合開始剤(G)の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、着色重合性組成物の固形分の合計100質量部中、硬化性が良好になることから、好ましくは0.1~20質量部、より好ましくは、1~10質量部である。上記重合開始剤(G)の含有量が0.1質量部より小さいと、硬化性が劣る場合があり、20質量部より大きいと樹脂組成物中に開始剤が析出する場合がある。
 着色重合性組成物が、例えば、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物である場合には、上記、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物における重合開始剤(G)の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物の固形分の合計100質量部中、好ましくは0.1~20質量部、より好ましくは、1~10質量部である。
In the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, the content of the polymerization initiator (G) is not particularly limited, but the curability is good in a total of 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition. Therefore, the amount is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass. When the content of the polymerization initiator (G) is less than 0.1 parts by mass, the curability may be inferior, and when it is more than 20 parts by mass, the initiator may be precipitated in the resin composition.
When the colored polymerizable composition is, for example, a colored polymerizable composition for a color filter, the content of the polymerization initiator (G) in the colored polymerizable composition for a color filter is the color polymerization for the color filter. The total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass.
 また、本発明の着色重合性組成物において、ハンドリングの向上や硬化物の厚さを制御する目的等で溶剤を含有する場合があり、そのような化合物としては、着色剤の分散性がよく、エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)及び重合開始剤(G)の溶解性に優れるものであれば、特に限定されないが、上記分散媒(D)で挙げたものを好ましく使用することができる。 Further, in the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, a solvent may be included for the purpose of improving the handling or controlling the thickness of the cured product, and as such a compound, the dispersibility of the colorant is good. Although it will not specifically limit if it is excellent in the solubility of an ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) and a polymerization initiator (G), The thing quoted by the said dispersion medium (D) can be used preferably.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物において、上記溶剤の含有量は、溶剤以外の組成物の濃度が5~30質量%となる量であることが好ましい。溶剤以外の組成物の濃度が5質量%より小さい場合、硬化物を厚くする事が困難であり、十分な着色性が得られない場合があり、30質量%を超える場合、組成物の析出による組成物の保存性が低下したり、粘度が向上したりするためハンドリングが低下し、好ましくない。 In the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, the content of the solvent is preferably such that the concentration of the composition other than the solvent is 5 to 30% by mass. When the concentration of the composition other than the solvent is less than 5% by mass, it is difficult to increase the thickness of the cured product, and sufficient colorability may not be obtained. Since the storage stability of the composition is lowered and the viscosity is improved, handling is lowered, which is not preferable.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物において、重合性化合物(A)、着色剤(B)、分散剤(C)、分散媒(D)、エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)及び重合開始剤(G)を除く任意成分を本発明の効果を損ねない範囲で添加することができる。
 下記に任意成分について記載する
In the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, the polymerizable compound (A), the colorant (B), the dispersant (C), the dispersion medium (D), the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F), and the polymerization initiator (G) Arbitrary components other than can be added as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Describe optional ingredients below
 上記任意成分として本発明の着色重合性組成物は、エチレン性不飽和結合を有さず、アルカリ現像性を付与する化合物を含有する場合もあり、そのような化合物としては、酸価を有することでアルカリ水溶液に可溶な化合物であれば特に限定されないが、代表的なものとしてアルカリ可溶性ノボラック樹脂(以下、単に「ノボラック樹脂」という)が挙げられる。ノボラック樹脂は、フェノール類とアルデヒド類とを酸触媒の存在下に重縮合して得られる。 The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention as an optional component may not contain an ethylenically unsaturated bond and may contain a compound that imparts alkali developability, and such a compound has an acid value. The compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound soluble in an alkaline aqueous solution, but a representative example is an alkali-soluble novolak resin (hereinafter simply referred to as “novolak resin”). The novolak resin is obtained by polycondensation of phenols and aldehydes in the presence of an acid catalyst.
 上記フェノール類としては、例えばフェノール、o-クレゾール、m-クレゾール、p-クレゾール、o-エチルフェノール、m-エチルフェノール、p-エチルフェノール、o-ブチルフェノール、m-ブチルフェノール、p-ブチルフェノール、2,3-キシレノール、2,4-キシレノール、2,5-キシレノール、3,4-キシレノール、3,5-キシレノール、2,3,5-トリメチルフェノール、p-フェニルフェノール、ヒドロキノン、カテコール、レゾルシノール、2-メチルレゾルシノール、ピロガロール、α-ナフトール、ビスフェノールA及びジヒドロキシ安息香酸エステル及び没食子酸エステル等が用いられ、これらのフェノール類のうちフェノール、o-クレゾール、m-クレゾール、p-クレゾール、2,5-キシレノール、3,5-キシレノール、2,3,5-トリメチルフェノール、レゾルシノール、2-メチルレゾルシノール及びビスフェノールAが好ましい。これらのフェノール類は、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いられる。 Examples of the phenols include phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, o-ethylphenol, m-ethylphenol, p-ethylphenol, o-butylphenol, m-butylphenol, p-butylphenol, 2, 3-xylenol, 2,4-xylenol, 2,5-xylenol, 3,4-xylenol, 3,5-xylenol, 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, p-phenylphenol, hydroquinone, catechol, resorcinol, 2- Methyl resorcinol, pyrogallol, α-naphthol, bisphenol A, dihydroxybenzoic acid ester, gallic acid ester and the like are used. Among these phenols, phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, 2,5 Xylenol, 3,5-xylenol, 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, resorcinol, 2-methyl resorcinol and bisphenol A are preferred. These phenols are used alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記アルデヒド類としては、例えばホルムアルデヒド、パラホルムアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒド、プロピルアルデヒド、ベンズアルデヒド、フェニルアセトアルデヒド、α-フェニルプロピルアルデヒド、β-フェニルプロピルアルデヒド、o-ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド、m-ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド、p-ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド、o-クロロベンズアルデヒド、m-クロロベンズアルデヒド、p-クロロベンズアルデヒド、o-ニトロベンズアルデヒド、m-ニトロベンズアルデヒド、p-ニトロベンズアルデヒド、o-メチルベンズアルデヒド、m-メチルベンズアルデヒド、p-メチルベンズアルデヒド、p-エチルベンズアルデヒド及びp-n-ブチルベンズアルデヒド等が用いられ、これらの化合物のうちホルムアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒド及びベンズアルデヒドが好ましい。これらのアルデヒド類は、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いられる。アルデヒド類はフェノール類1モル当たり、好ましくは0.7~3モル、特に好ましくは0.7~2モルの割合で使用される。 Examples of the aldehydes include formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propylaldehyde, benzaldehyde, phenylacetaldehyde, α-phenylpropylaldehyde, β-phenylpropylaldehyde, o-hydroxybenzaldehyde, m-hydroxybenzaldehyde, p-hydroxybenzaldehyde, o -Chlorobenzaldehyde, m-chlorobenzaldehyde, p-chlorobenzaldehyde, o-nitrobenzaldehyde, m-nitrobenzaldehyde, p-nitrobenzaldehyde, o-methylbenzaldehyde, m-methylbenzaldehyde, p-methylbenzaldehyde, p-ethylbenzaldehyde and p -N-butylbenzaldehyde is used, and among these compounds, form Aldehydes, acetaldehydes and benzaldehydes are preferred. These aldehydes may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Aldehydes are preferably used in a proportion of 0.7 to 3 mol, particularly preferably 0.7 to 2 mol, per mol of phenol.
 上記酸触媒としては、例えば塩酸、硝酸、硫酸等の無機酸、又は蟻酸、蓚酸、酢酸等の有機酸が用いられる。これらの酸触媒の使用量は、フェノール類1モル当たり、1×10-4~5×10-1モルが好ましい。縮合反応においては、通常、反応媒質として水が用いられるが、縮合反応に用いられるフェノール類がアルデヒド類の水溶液に溶解せず、反応初期から不均一系になる場合には、反応媒質として親水性溶剤を使用することもできる。これらの親水性溶剤としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、プロパノール及びブタノール等のアルコール類、又はテトラヒドロフラン及びジオキサン等の環状エーテル類が挙げられる。これらの反応媒質の使用量は、通常、反応原料100質量部当たり、20~1000質量部である。縮合反応の反応温度は、反応原料の反応性に応じて適宜調整することができるが、通常、10~200℃、好ましくは70~150℃である。縮合反応終了後、系内に存在する未反応原料、酸触媒及び反応媒質を除去するため、一般的には内温を130~230℃に上昇させ、減圧下に揮撥分を留去し、次いで熔融したノボラック樹脂をスチール製ベルト等の上に流涎して回収する。
 また縮合反応終了後に、前記親水性溶剤に反応混合物を溶解し、水、n-ヘキサン及びn-ヘプタン等の沈殿剤に添加することにより、ノボラック樹脂を析出させ、析出物を分離し、加熱乾燥することにより回収することもできる。
Examples of the acid catalyst include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, and sulfuric acid, or organic acids such as formic acid, oxalic acid, and acetic acid. Using amount of the acid catalyst, phenol per mole, 1 × 10 -4 ~ 5 × 10 -1 mol is preferred. In the condensation reaction, water is usually used as a reaction medium. However, if the phenols used in the condensation reaction do not dissolve in an aqueous solution of aldehydes and become heterogeneous from the beginning of the reaction, the reaction medium is hydrophilic. A solvent can also be used. Examples of these hydrophilic solvents include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol and butanol, or cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane. The amount of these reaction media used is usually 20 to 1000 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material. The reaction temperature of the condensation reaction can be appropriately adjusted according to the reactivity of the reaction raw materials, but is usually 10 to 200 ° C., preferably 70 to 150 ° C. After completion of the condensation reaction, in order to remove unreacted raw materials, acid catalyst and reaction medium present in the system, the internal temperature is generally raised to 130 to 230 ° C., and the volatile component is distilled off under reduced pressure. Next, the melted novolac resin is collected on a steel belt or the like.
After completion of the condensation reaction, the reaction mixture is dissolved in the hydrophilic solvent and added to a precipitating agent such as water, n-hexane and n-heptane to precipitate a novolak resin, and the precipitate is separated and dried by heating. It can also be recovered by doing so.
 上記ノボラック樹脂以外の任意成分の例としては、下記に示す樹脂が挙げられる。 Examples of optional components other than the novolak resin include the resins shown below.
 着色重合性組成物に用いる樹脂には、熱可塑性樹脂、熱硬化性樹脂などの非感光性樹脂及び感光性樹脂が含まれる。バインダー樹脂には、必要に応じて、その前駆体である、放射線照射により硬化してバインダー樹脂を生成するモノマーもしくはオリゴマーを単独で、または2種以上混合して用いることができる。 Resins used for the colored polymerizable composition include non-photosensitive resins such as thermoplastic resins and thermosetting resins and photosensitive resins. If necessary, the binder resin can be used alone or in admixture of two or more monomers or oligomers that are precursors thereof that are cured by irradiation with radiation to form a binder resin.
 熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば, ブチラール樹脂、スチレンーマレイン酸共重合体、塩素化ポリエチレン、塩素化ポリプロピレン、ポリ塩化ビニル、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合体、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ポリウレタン系樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、環化ゴム系樹脂、セルロース類、ポリブタジエン、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリイミド樹脂等が挙げられる。 Examples of the thermoplastic resin include butyral resin, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, chlorinated polyethylene, chlorinated polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl acetate, polyurethane resin, and polyester resin. And acrylic resins, alkyd resins, polystyrene resins, polyamide resins, rubber resins, cyclized rubber resins, celluloses, polybutadiene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyimide resins, and the like.
 熱硬化性樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂、ロジン変性マレイン酸樹脂、ロジン変性フマル酸樹脂、メラミン樹脂、尿素樹脂、フェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。感光性樹脂としては、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基等の反応性の置換基を有する線状高分子にイソシアネート基、アルデヒド基、エポキシ基等の反応性置換基を有する(メタ)アクリル化合物やケイヒ酸を反応させて、(メタ)アクリロイル基、スチリル基等の光架橋性基を該線状高分子に導入した樹脂が用いられる。また、スチレン-無水マレイン酸共重合物やα-オレフィン-無水マレイン酸共重合物等の酸無水物を含む線状高分子をヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリル化合物によりハーフエステル化したものも用いられる。 Examples of the thermosetting resin include epoxy resin, benzoguanamine resin, rosin-modified maleic acid resin, rosin-modified fumaric acid resin, melamine resin, urea resin, phenol resin and the like. Examples of the photosensitive resin include (meth) acrylic compounds having a reactive substituent such as an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, and an epoxy group on a linear polymer having a reactive substituent such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. A resin obtained by reacting an acid and introducing a photocrosslinkable group such as a (meth) acryloyl group or a styryl group into the linear polymer is used. A linear polymer containing an acid anhydride such as a styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer or an α-olefin-maleic anhydride copolymer is converted into a (meth) acrylic compound having a hydroxyl group such as hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate. Half-esterified products are also used.
 また、本発明の着色剤分散液(E)及び着色重合性組成物には、必要に応じて、p-アニソール、ハイドロキノン、ピロカテコール、t-ブチルカテコール及びフェノチアジン等の熱重合抑制剤;可塑剤;接着促進剤;充填剤;消泡剤;レベリング剤;表面調整剤;酸化防止剤;紫外線吸収剤;分散助剤;凝集防止剤;触媒;効果促進剤;架橋剤及び増粘剤等の慣用の添加物を加えることができる。 In addition, the colorant dispersion (E) and the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention include, if necessary, thermal polymerization inhibitors such as p-anisole, hydroquinone, pyrocatechol, t-butylcatechol and phenothiazine; Adhesion promoter; Filler; Antifoaming agent; Leveling agent; Surface conditioner; Antioxidant; Ultraviolet absorber; Dispersion aid; Aggregation inhibitor; Catalyst; Effect promoter; Cross-linking agent and thickener Additives can be added.
 本発明の着色剤分散液(E)及び着色重合性組成物には、更に、連鎖移動剤、増感剤、界面活性剤及びメラミン等を併用することができる。 Further, a chain transfer agent, a sensitizer, a surfactant, melamine, and the like can be used in combination with the colorant dispersion (E) and the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention.
 上記連鎖移動剤、増感剤としては、一般的に硫黄原子含有化合物が用いられる。例えばチオグリコール酸、チオリンゴ酸、チオサリチル酸、2-メルカプトプロピオン酸、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸、3-メルカプト酪酸、N-(2-メルカプトプロピオニル)グリシン、2-メルカプトニコチン酸、3-[N-(2-メルカプトエチル)カルバモイル]プロピオン酸、3-[N-(2-メルカプトエチル)アミノ]プロピオン酸、N-(3-メルカプトプロピオニル)アラニン、2-メルカプトエタンスルホン酸、3-メルカプトプロパンスルホン酸、4-メルカプトブタンスルホン酸、ドデシル(4-メチルチオ)フェニルエーテル、2-メルカプトエタノール、3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール、1-メルカプト-2-プロパノール、3-メルカプト-2-ブタノール、メルカプトフェノール、2-メルカプトエチルアミン、2-メルカプトイミダゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール、2-メルカプト-3-ピリジノール、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、メルカプト酢酸、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)及びペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)等のメルカプト化合物;該メルカプト化合物を酸化して得られるジスルフィド化合物、ヨード酢酸、ヨードプロピオン酸、2-ヨードエタノール、2-ヨードエタンスルホン酸、3-ヨードプロパンスルホン酸等のヨード化アルキル化合物、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトイソブチレート)、ブタンジオールビス(3-メルカプトイソブチレート)、ヘキサンジチオール、デカンジチオール、1,4-ジメチルメルカプトベンゼン、ブタンジオールビスチオプロピオネート、ブタンジオールビスチオグリコレート、エチレングリコールビスチオグリコレート、トリメチロールプロパントリスチオグリコレート、ブタンジオールビスチオプロピオネート、トリメチロールプロパントリスチオプロピオネート、トリメチロールプロパントリスチオグリコレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキスチオプロピオネート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキスチオグリコレート、トリスヒドロキシエチルトリスチオプロピオネート、下記化合物No.C1、昭和電工社製カレンズPE1及びNR1等が挙げられる。 As the chain transfer agent and sensitizer, a sulfur atom-containing compound is generally used. For example, thioglycolic acid, thiomalic acid, thiosalicylic acid, 2-mercaptopropionic acid, 3-mercaptopropionic acid, 3-mercaptobutyric acid, N- (2-mercaptopropionyl) glycine, 2-mercaptonicotinic acid, 3- [N- ( 2-mercaptoethyl) carbamoyl] propionic acid, 3- [N- (2-mercaptoethyl) amino] propionic acid, N- (3-mercaptopropionyl) alanine, 2-mercaptoethanesulfonic acid, 3-mercaptopropanesulfonic acid, 4-mercaptobutanesulfonic acid, dodecyl (4-methylthio) phenyl ether, 2-mercaptoethanol, 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol, 1-mercapto-2-propanol, 3-mercapto-2-butanol, mercaptophenol , 2-me Captoethylamine, 2-mercaptoimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-3-pyridinol, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, mercaptoacetic acid, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate) and pentaerythritol tetrakis (3- Mercapto compounds such as mercaptopropionate); iodo such as disulfide compounds obtained by oxidizing the mercapto compound, iodoacetic acid, iodopropionic acid, 2-iodoethanol, 2-iodoethanesulfonic acid, 3-iodopropanesulfonic acid, etc. Alkyl compounds, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptoisobutyrate), butanediol bis (3-mercaptoisobutyrate), hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, 1,4 Dimethyl mercaptobenzene, butanediol bisthiopropionate, butanediol bisthioglycolate, ethylene glycol bisthioglycolate, trimethylolpropane tristhioglycolate, butanediol bisthiopropionate, trimethylolpropane tristhiopropionate , Trimethylolpropane tristhioglycolate, pentaerythritol tetrakisthiopropionate, pentaerythritol tetrakisthioglycolate, trishydroxyethyl tristhiopropionate, the following compound no. C1, Karenz PE1 and NR1 manufactured by Showa Denko KK and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 上記増感剤の具体例としては、ベンゾフェノン、p,p’-テトラメチルジアミノベンゾフェノン、p,p’- テトラエチルアミノベンゾフェノン、2-クロロチオキサントン、アントロン、9-エトキシアントラセン、アントラセン、ピレン、ペリレン、フェノチアジン、ベンジル、アクリジンオレンジ、ベンゾフラビン、セトフラビン-T、9,10-ジフェニルアントラセン、9-フルオレノン、アセトフェノン、フェナントレン、2-ニトロフルオレン、5-ニトロアセナフテン、ベンゾキノン、2-クロロ-4-ニトロアニリン、N-アセチル-p-ニトロアニリン、p-ニトロアニリン、N-アセチル-4-ニトロ-1-ナフチルアミン、ピクラミド、アントラキノン、2-エチルアントラキノン、2-tert-ブチルアントラキノン、1,2-ベンズアンスラキノン、3-メチル-1,3-ジアザ-1,9-ベンズアンスロン、ジベンザルアセトン、1,2-ナフトキノン、3,3’-カルボニル-ビス(5,7-ジメトキシカルボニルクマリン)及びコロネン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the sensitizer include benzophenone, p, p′-tetramethyldiaminobenzophenone, p, p′- tetraethylaminobenzophenone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, anthrone, 9-ethoxyanthracene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, phenothiazine. Benzyl, acridine orange, benzoflavin, cetoflavin-T, 9,10-diphenylanthracene, 9-fluorenone, acetophenone, phenanthrene, 2-nitrofluorene, 5-nitroacenaphthene, benzoquinone, 2-chloro-4-nitroaniline, N-acetyl-p-nitroaniline, p-nitroaniline, N-acetyl-4-nitro-1-naphthylamine, picramid, anthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-tert-butylaline Traquinone, 1,2-benzanthraquinone, 3-methyl-1,3-diaza-1,9-benzanthrone, dibenzalacetone, 1,2-naphthoquinone, 3,3′-carbonyl-bis (5,7 -Dimethoxycarbonylcoumarin) and coronene.
 上記界面活性剤としては、パーフルオロアルキルリン酸エステル、パーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸塩等のフッ素界面活性剤、高級脂肪酸アルカリ塩、アルキルスルホン酸塩、アルキル硫酸塩等のアニオン系界面活性剤、高級アミンハロゲン酸塩、第四級アンモニウム塩等のカチオン系界面活性剤、ポリエチレングリコールアルキルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル及び脂肪酸モノグリセリド等の非イオン界面活性剤、両性界面活性剤及びシリコーン系界面活性剤等の界面活性剤を用いることができ、これらは組み合わせて用いる場合もある。 Examples of the surfactant include fluorine surfactants such as perfluoroalkyl phosphates and perfluoroalkyl carboxylates, anionic surfactants such as higher fatty acid alkali salts, alkyl sulfonates, and alkyl sulfates, and higher amines. Cationic surfactants such as halogenates and quaternary ammonium salts, nonionic surfactants such as polyethylene glycol alkyl ethers, polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters and fatty acid monoglycerides, amphoteric surfactants and silicone surfactants Surfactants such as agents can be used, and these may be used in combination.
 上記メラミン化合物としては、(ポリ)メチロールメラミン、(ポリ)メチロールグリコールウリル、(ポリ)メチロールベンゾグアナミン及び(ポリ)メチロールウレア等の窒素化合物中の活性メチロール基(CHOH基)の全部又は一部(少なくとも2つ)がアルキルエーテル化された化合物を挙げることができる。ここで、アルキルエーテルを構成するアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基及びブチル基等が挙げられ、互いに同一である場合もあり、異なる場合もある。また、アルキルエーテル化されていないメチロール基は、一分子内で自己縮合する場合もあり、二分子間で縮合して、その結果オリゴマー成分が形成される場合もある。具体的には、ヘキサメトキシメチルメラミン、ヘキサブトキシメチルメラミン、テトラメトキシメチルグリコールウリル及びテトラブトキシメチルグリコールウリル等を用いることができる。これらのなかでも、ヘキサメトキシメチルメラミン及びヘキサブトキシメチルメラミン等のアルキルエーテル化されたメラミンが好ましい。 Examples of the melamine compound include all or part of active methylol groups (CH 2 OH groups) in nitrogen compounds such as (poly) methylol melamine, (poly) methylol glycoluril, (poly) methylol benzoguanamine, and (poly) methylol urea. Mention may be made of compounds in which (at least two) are alkyl etherified. Here, examples of the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ether include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a butyl group, which may be the same or different. In addition, methylol groups that are not alkyletherified may self-condense within one molecule or may be condensed between two molecules, resulting in the formation of an oligomer component. Specifically, hexamethoxymethyl melamine, hexabutoxymethyl melamine, tetramethoxymethyl glycoluril, tetrabutoxymethyl glycoluril, and the like can be used. Among these, alkyl etherified melamines such as hexamethoxymethyl melamine and hexabutoxymethyl melamine are preferable.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物において、重合性化合物(A)、着色剤(B)、分散剤(C)、分散媒(D)、エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)及び重合開始剤(G)を除く任意成分の含有量は、その使用目的に応じて適宜選択され特に制限されないが、好ましくは、着色重合性組成物の固形分100質量部に対して合計で20質量部以下とする。 In the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, the polymerizable compound (A), the colorant (B), the dispersant (C), the dispersion medium (D), the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F), and the polymerization initiator (G) The content of the optional components other than is appropriately selected according to the purpose of use and is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 parts by mass or less in total with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物が硬化してなる硬化物とは、上記着色性組成物を熱や光などを用いて重合させ硬化させたものを意味する。下記に着色重合性組成物を硬化する方法について説明するが、本発明の硬化物においては、硬化方法はこれらに限定されるものではない。 The cured product obtained by curing the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention means a product obtained by polymerizing and curing the colored composition using heat or light. The method for curing the colored polymerizable composition will be described below, but the curing method is not limited to these in the cured product of the present invention.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物は、スピンコーター、ロールコーター、バーコーター、ダイコーター、カーテンコーター、各種の印刷、浸漬等の公知の手段で、ソーダガラス、石英ガラス、半導体基板、金属、紙及びプラスチック等の支持基体上に適用することができる。また、一旦フィルム等の支持基体上に施した後、他の支持基体上に転写することもでき、その適用方法に制限はない。 The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention is a known method such as spin coater, roll coater, bar coater, die coater, curtain coater, various printing, dipping, soda glass, quartz glass, semiconductor substrate, metal, paper and It can be applied on a supporting substrate such as plastic. Moreover, after once applying on support bases, such as a film, it can also transfer on another support base | substrate, There is no restriction | limiting in the application method.
 また、本発明の着色重合性組成物を硬化させる際に用いられる活性光の光源としては、波長300~450nmの光を発光するものを用いることができ、例えば、超高圧水銀、水銀蒸気アーク、カーボンアーク及びキセノンアーク等を用いることができる。 Further, as the active light source used for curing the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, one that emits light having a wavelength of 300 to 450 nm can be used, for example, ultrahigh pressure mercury, mercury vapor arc, Carbon arc and xenon arc can be used.
 更に、露光光源にレーザー光を用いることにより、マスクを用いずに、コンピューター等のデジタル情報から直接画像を形成するレーザー直接描画法が、生産性のみならず、解像性や位置精度等の向上も図れることから有用であり、そのレーザー光としては、340~430nmの波長の光が好適に使用されるが、アルゴンイオンレーザー、ヘリウムネオンレーザー、YAGレーザー、及び半導体レーザー等の可視から赤外領域の光を発するものも用いられる。これらのレーザーを使用する場合には、可視から赤外の当該領域を吸収する増感色素が加えられる。 Furthermore, by using laser light as the exposure light source, the laser direct drawing method that directly forms an image from digital information such as a computer without using a mask improves not only productivity but also resolution and positional accuracy. As the laser beam, light having a wavelength of 340 to 430 nm is preferably used, but an argon ion laser, a helium neon laser, a YAG laser, a semiconductor laser, etc. are visible to infrared region. Those that emit light are also used. When these lasers are used, a sensitizing dye that absorbs the region from visible to infrared is added.
 本願発明の着色重合性組成物を用いて下記(1)~(4)の工程を繰り返し行い、2色以上のパターンを組み合わせて液晶表示パネル等に用いるカラーフィルタを製造することができる。 By using the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, the following steps (1) to (4) are repeated, and a color filter used for a liquid crystal display panel or the like can be produced by combining patterns of two or more colors.
(1)本発明の着色重合性組成物の塗膜を基板上に形成する工程
(2)該塗膜にパターン形状を有するマスクを介して活性光を照射する工程
(3)硬化後の被膜を現像液(特にアルカリ現像液)にて現像する工程
(4)現像後の該被膜を加熱する工程
(1) A step of forming a coating film of the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention on a substrate (2) A step of irradiating the coating film with active light through a mask having a pattern shape (3) A film after curing Step of developing with developer (especially alkaline developer) (4) Step of heating the film after development
 本発明の着色重合性組成物(又はその硬化物)は、硬化性塗料或いはワニス、接着剤、プリント基板、カラーテレビ、PCモニタ、携帯情報端末、デジタルカメラ等のカラー表示の液晶表示パネルにおけるカラーフィルタ、デジタルカメラ等のカラー表示の液晶表示パネルにおけるブラックカラムスペーサー、CCDイメージセンサのカラーフィルタ、CCDイメージセンサのブラックカラムスペーサー、有機ELの黒色隔壁材、タッチパネル、プラズマ表示パネル用の電極材料、粉末コーティング、印刷インク、印刷版、接着剤、ゲルコート、電子工学用のフォトレジスト、電気メッキレジスト、エッチングレジスト、液状及び乾燥膜の双方、はんだレジスト、絶縁膜、種々の表示用途用のカラーフィルタを製造するための或いはプラズマ表示パネル、電気発光表示装置、LCDの製造工程において構造を形成するためのレジスト、電気及び電子部品を封入するための組成物、ソルダーレジスト、磁気記録材料、微小機械部品、導波路、光スイッチ、めっき用マスク、エッチングマスク、カラー試験系、ガラス繊維ケーブルコーティング、スクリーン印刷用ステンシル、ステレオリトグラフィによって三次元物体を製造するための材料、ホログラフィ記録用材料、画像記録材料、微細電子回路、脱色材料、画像記録材料のための脱色材料、マイクロカプセルを使用する画像記録材料用の脱色材料、印刷配線板用フォトレジスト材料、UV及び可視レーザー直接画像系用のフォトレジスト材料、プリント回路基板の逐次積層における誘電体層形成に使用するフォトレジスト材料及び保護膜等の各種の用途に使用することができ、その用途に特に制限はない。 The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention (or a cured product thereof) is a color in a liquid crystal display panel of a color display such as a curable paint or varnish, an adhesive, a printed board, a color TV, a PC monitor, a portable information terminal, a digital camera, etc. Black column spacers in color display liquid crystal display panels such as filters and digital cameras, color filters for CCD image sensors, black column spacers for CCD image sensors, black partition materials for organic EL, touch panels, electrode materials for plasma display panels, powders Manufactures coatings, printing inks, printing plates, adhesives, gel coats, electronics photoresists, electroplating resists, etching resists, both liquid and dry films, solder resists, insulating films, and color filters for various display applications. Or to do Display panel, electroluminescent display device, resist for forming structure in LCD manufacturing process, composition for encapsulating electrical and electronic components, solder resist, magnetic recording material, micro mechanical component, waveguide, optical switch, Masks for plating, etching masks, color test systems, glass fiber cable coatings, stencils for screen printing, materials for producing three-dimensional objects by stereolithography, holographic recording materials, image recording materials, fine electronic circuits, decolorizing materials Decolorizing material for image recording material, Decoloring material for image recording material using microcapsules, Photoresist material for printed wiring board, Photoresist material for UV and visible laser direct image system, Sequential lamination of printed circuit board Photoresist materials used for dielectric layer formation in Can be used for various applications such as protective film, there is no particular limitation on the application.
 本発明の着色重合性組成物は、着色剤(B)として黒色顔料を用いた場合、カラーフィルタ用ブラックマトリクスを形成する目的で好ましく使用することができる。 The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention can be preferably used for the purpose of forming a black matrix for a color filter when a black pigment is used as the colorant (B).
 上記カラーフィルタ用ブラックマトリクスは、特に液晶表示パネル等の画像表示装置用の表示デバイス用カラーフィルタに有用である。 The above black matrix for color filter is particularly useful for a color filter for a display device for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display panel.
 以下、実施例等を挙げて本発明を更に詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples and the like, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.
[製造例1]重合性化合物No.1の製造
 ジャパンケムテック(株)製ビスフェノールA型フェノールノボラック型エポキシ化合物50g(0.036mol)、メタクリル酸31.0g(0.36mol)、p-トルエンスルホン酸ピリジニウム塩0.5g、及び、溶剤として、THF100gを混合し、これらを室温で一晩撹拌し反応させた。反応液を炭酸ナトリウムで中和した後、反応液中の有機溶剤可溶物を酢酸エチルで抽出した。抽出液中の溶剤をエバポレーターで留去した後、酢酸エチル/ヘキサン混合溶剤を用いて再結晶を行い、下記の重合性化合物No.1を得た。
[Production Example 1] Polymerizable Compound No. Production of 1 50 g (0.036 mol) of bisphenol A type phenol novolak type epoxy compound manufactured by Japan Chemtech Co., Ltd., 31.0 g (0.36 mol) of methacrylic acid, 0.5 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid pyridinium salt, and solvent As a mixture, 100 g of THF was mixed, and these were stirred at room temperature overnight to be reacted. After neutralizing the reaction solution with sodium carbonate, the organic solvent-soluble matter in the reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. After the solvent in the extract was distilled off with an evaporator, recrystallization was performed using an ethyl acetate / hexane mixed solvent, and the following polymerizable compound No. 1 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
[製造例2]重合性化合物No.2の製造 
 231.6gの重合性化合物No.1をPGMEA230gに溶解し、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸50g及びテトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムブロミド0.35gを加えて、100℃で5時間撹拌し、反応させた。その後、PGMEAを、得られるPGMEA溶液の固形分濃度が45質量%となるように追加し、重合性化合物No.2のPGMEA溶液を得た。
[Production Example 2] Polymerizable Compound No. Production of 2
231.6 g of polymerizable compound No. 1 was dissolved in 230 g of PGMEA, 50 g of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 0.35 g of tetra-n-butylammonium bromide were added, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 5 hours to be reacted. Thereafter, PGMEA was added so that the solid content concentration of the obtained PGMEA solution was 45% by mass. 2 PGMEA solution was obtained.
[製造例3]重合性化合物No.3の製造
 231.6gの重合性化合物No.1をPGMEA270gに溶解し、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸80g及びテトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムブロミド0.57gを加えて、100℃で8時間撹拌し、反応させた。その後、PGMEAを、得られるPGMEA溶液の固形分濃度が45質量%となるように追加し、重合性化合物No.3のPGMEA溶液を得た。
[Production Example 3] Polymerizable Compound No. Production of 231.6 g of polymerizable compound No. 3 1 was dissolved in 270 g of PGMEA, 80 g of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 0.57 g of tetra-n-butylammonium bromide were added, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 8 hours to be reacted. Thereafter, PGMEA was added so that the solid content concentration of the obtained PGMEA solution was 45% by mass. 3 PGMEA solutions were obtained.
 [製造例4]カーボンブラックNo.1の製造
 MA100(三菱化学社製カーボンブラック)150g及びペルオキソ2硫酸ナトリウム脱イオン水溶液(濃度2.0N)3000mlを混合し、60℃で10時間撹拌した。その後、混合液をろ過し、得られたスラリーを水酸化ナトリウムで中和し、ダイアフィルトレーションにより処理して固体を得、得られた固体を75℃で一晩乾燥し、黒色粉末としてカーボンブラックNo.1を得た。
[Production Example 4] Carbon black no. Production of 1 150 g of MA100 (carbon black manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) and 3000 ml of a deionized aqueous solution of sodium peroxodisulfate (concentration 2.0 N) were mixed and stirred at 60 ° C. for 10 hours. Thereafter, the mixed solution is filtered, and the resulting slurry is neutralized with sodium hydroxide and treated by diafiltration to obtain a solid. The obtained solid is dried at 75 ° C. overnight to obtain carbon as a black powder. Black No. 1 was obtained.
 [製造例5]カーボンブラックNo.2の製造
 MA100(三菱化学社製カーボンブラック)150g及びスルホラン400mlを混合し、アミド硫酸15gを添加して140~150℃で10時間撹拌した。その後、得られたスラリーを水酸化リチウムで中和し、ダイアフィルトレーションにより処理し、得られた固体を75℃で一晩乾燥し、黒色粉末としてカーボンブラックNo.2を得た。
[Production Example 5] Carbon black no. Production of 2 150 g of MA100 (Carbon Black manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) and 400 ml of sulfolane were mixed, 15 g of amidosulfuric acid was added, and the mixture was stirred at 140 to 150 ° C. for 10 hours. Thereafter, the resulting slurry was neutralized with lithium hydroxide and treated by diafiltration, and the resulting solid was dried at 75 ° C. overnight to obtain carbon black No. 4 as a black powder. 2 was obtained.
 [製造例6]インダン骨格を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物No.1の調製
1,1-ビス〔4-(2,3-エポキシプロピルオキシ)フェニル〕-3-フェニルインダンの184g、アクリル酸58g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.26g、テトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムブロミド0.11g及びPGMEA105gを仕込み、120℃で16時間撹拌した。反応液を室温まで冷却し、PGMEA160g、ビフタル酸無水物59g及びテトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムブロミド0.24gを加えて、120℃で4時間撹拌した。更に、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸20gを加え、120℃で4時間、100℃で3時間、80℃で4時間、60℃で6時間、40℃で11時間撹拌した後、PGMEA128gを加えて、PGMEA溶液として重合性化合物No.1を得た。
[Production Example 6] Ethylenically unsaturated compound No. 1 having an indane skeleton Preparation of 1 184 g of 1,1-bis [4- (2,3-epoxypropyloxy) phenyl] -3-phenylindane, 58 g of acrylic acid, 0.26 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol Then, 0.11 g of tetra-n-butylammonium bromide and 105 g of PGMEA were charged and stirred at 120 ° C. for 16 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 160 g of PGMEA, 59 g of biphthalic anhydride and 0.24 g of tetra-n-butylammonium bromide were added, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. for 4 hours. Further, 20 g of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride was added, and after stirring at 120 ° C. for 4 hours, at 100 ° C. for 3 hours, at 80 ° C. for 4 hours, at 60 ° C. for 6 hours, and at 40 ° C. for 11 hours, PGMEA 128 g was added to obtain a PGMEA solution As polymerizable compound No. 1 was obtained.
[製造例7]インダン骨格を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物No.2の調製
 1,1-ビス〔4-(2,3-エポキシプロピルオキシ)フェニル〕-3-フェニルインダン43g、アクリル酸11g、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.05g、テトラブチルアンモニウムアセテート0.11g及びPGMEA23gを仕込み、120℃で16時間撹拌した。室温まで冷却し、PGMEA35g及びビフタル酸無水物9.4gを加えて120℃で8時間撹拌した。更にテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸6.0gを加えて120℃で4時間、100℃で3時間、80℃で4時間、60℃で6時間、40℃で11時間撹拌後、PGMEA27gを加えて、PGMEA溶液として重合性化合物No.2を得た。
[Production Example 7] Ethylenically unsaturated compound No. 1 having an indane skeleton Preparation of 2 1,1-bis [4- (2,3-epoxypropyloxy) phenyl] -3-phenylindane 43 g, acrylic acid 11 g, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol 0.05 g, Tetrabutylammonium acetate 0.11g and PGMEA 23g were prepared, and it stirred at 120 degreeC for 16 hours. After cooling to room temperature, 35 g of PGMEA and 9.4 g of biphthalic anhydride were added and stirred at 120 ° C. for 8 hours. Further, 6.0 g of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride was added and stirred at 120 ° C. for 4 hours, 100 ° C. for 3 hours, 80 ° C. for 4 hours, 60 ° C. for 6 hours, and 40 ° C. for 11 hours, and then PGMEA 27 g was added to prepare a PGMEA solution As polymerizable compound No. 2 was obtained.
 [比較製造例1]比較重合性化合物No.1の製造
 9,9-ビス(4-グリシジルオキシフェニル)フルオレン75.0g、アクリル酸23.8g、2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.273g、テトラブチルアンモニウムクロリド0.585g、及びPGMEA65.9gを仕込み、90℃で1時間、100℃で1時間、110℃で1時間及び120℃で14時間撹拌した。室温まで冷却し、無水コハク酸25.9g、テトラブチルアンモニウムクロリド0.427g、及びPGMEA1.37gを加えて、100℃で5時間撹拌した。さらに、9,9-ビス(4-グリシジルオキシフェニル)フルオレン30.0g、2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール0.269g、及びPGMEA1.50gを加えて、90℃で90分、120℃で4時間撹拌後、PGMEA122.2gを加えて、PGMEA溶液として目的物である比較重合性化合物No.1を得た
[Comparative Production Example 1] Comparative polymerizable compound No. 1 Production of 1 9,9-bis (4-glycidyloxyphenyl) fluorene 75.0 g, acrylic acid 23.8 g, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol 0.273 g, tetrabutylammonium chloride 0.585 g And 65.9 g of PGMEA, and stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour, 100 ° C. for 1 hour, 110 ° C. for 1 hour and 120 ° C. for 14 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, 25.9 g of succinic anhydride, 0.427 g of tetrabutylammonium chloride and 1.37 g of PGMEA were added, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 5 hours. Further, 90.0 g of 9,9-bis (4-glycidyloxyphenyl) fluorene, 0.269 g of 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol and 1.50 g of PGMEA were added, and 90 minutes at 90 ° C. After stirring at 120 ° C. for 4 hours, 122.2 g of PGMEA was added, and a comparative polymerizable compound No. 1 as a target product as a PGMEA solution was added. Got 1
[実施例1~9及び比較例1~4]着色剤分散液の調製
  [表1]~[表3]の配合に従って各成分を調整し、ビーズミルにより処理して、着色剤分散液(着色剤分散液No.1~9及び比較着色剤分散液No.1~4)を得た。尚、表中の数字は質量部を表す。
 また、表中の各成分の符号は、下記の成分を表す。
A-1  重合性化合物No.1 
A-2  重合性化合物No.2 
A-3  重合性化合物No.3 
B-1  カーボンブラックNo.1
B-2  カーボンブラックNo.2
C-1  DISPERBYK-161(ビックケミー社製)
D-1  PGMEA
D-2  シクロヘキサノン
F-1  VR-60 
(昭和電工社製 ビスフェノールAエポキシアクリレート)
F-2  PR-300PG
(昭和電工社製 ノボラックエポキシアクリレート)
[Examples 1 to 9 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4] Preparation of Colorant Dispersion Liquid Each component was prepared according to the formulation of [Table 1] to [Table 3] and treated with a bead mill to obtain a colorant dispersion liquid (colorant dispersion). Dispersions Nos. 1 to 9 and comparative colorant dispersions Nos. 1 to 4) were obtained. In addition, the number in a table | surface represents a mass part.
Moreover, the code | symbol of each component in a table | surface represents the following component.
A-1 Polymerizable Compound No. 1
A-2 Polymerizable Compound No. 2
A-3 Polymerizable Compound No. 3
B-1 Carbon Black No. 1
B-2 Carbon Black No. 2
C-1 DISPERBYK-161 (manufactured by Big Chemie)
D-1 PGMEA
D-2 Cyclohexanone F-1 VR-60
(Bisphenol A epoxy acrylate, Showa Denko)
F-2 PR-300PG
(Showa Denko novolak epoxy acrylate)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
[実施例10~29及び比較例5~8]着色重合性組成物の調製
 [表4]~[表8]の配合に従って各成分を混合し、着色重合性組成物(着色重合性組成物No.1~20及び比較着色重合性組成物No.1~4)を得た。尚、表中の数字は質量部を表す。
 また、表中の各成分の符号は、下記の成分を表す。
着色剤分散液(E)  [着色剤分散液No.1~9]を用いた。
比較着色剤分散液   [比較着色剤分散液No.1~4]を用いた。
D-1  PGMEA
D-2  シクロヘキサノン
F-3  カヤラッドDPHA  (日本化薬(株)社製)
F-4  インダン骨格を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物No.1
F-5  インダン骨格を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物No.2
G-1  NCI-831(ADEKA社製)
G-2  PBG-304 (Tronly社製)
H-1  EP-4100L (エポキシ化合物:ADEKA社製)
[Examples 10 to 29 and Comparative Examples 5 to 8] Preparation of colored polymerizable composition Each component was mixed in accordance with the formulation of [Table 4] to [Table 8] to obtain a colored polymerizable composition (colored polymerizable composition No. 1 to 20 and comparative colored polymerizable compositions No. 1 to 4) were obtained. In addition, the number in a table | surface represents a mass part.
Moreover, the code | symbol of each component in a table | surface represents the following component.
Colorant dispersion (E) [Colorant dispersion No. 1-9] were used.
Comparative Colorant Dispersion [Comparative Colorant Dispersion No. 1-4] were used.
D-1 PGMEA
D-2 Cyclohexanone F-3 Kayalad DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
F-4 Ethylenically unsaturated compound having an indane skeleton 1
F-5 ethylenically unsaturated compound having an indane skeleton 2
G-1 NCI-831 (made by ADEKA)
G-2 PBG-304 (manufactured by Troly)
H-1 EP-4100L (epoxy compound: manufactured by ADEKA)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
[評価例10~29及び比較評価例5~8]
 重合性組成物No.1~20及び比較着色重合性組成物No.1~4に関し、下記の評価を行った。結果を[表9]及び[表10]に示す。
[Evaluation Examples 10 to 29 and Comparative Evaluation Examples 5 to 8]
Polymerizable composition No. 1 to 20 and comparative colored polymerizable composition No. The following evaluation was performed for 1 to 4. The results are shown in [Table 9] and [Table 10].
 ガラス基板上に重合性組成物No.1~20及び比較着色重合性組成物No.1~4をスピンコート(1300rpm、50秒間)し乾燥させた。70℃で20分間プリベークを行った後、ポリビニルアルコール5%水溶液をコートして酸素遮断膜とした。70℃にて20分間の乾燥後、所定のフォトマスクを用い、超高圧水銀ランプを用いて露光後、2.5%炭酸ナトリウム水溶液に25℃で30秒間浸漬して現像し、良く水洗した。水洗乾燥後、230℃で1時間ベークしてパターンを定着させた。得られたパターンについて、以下のOD値、体積抵抗率及び感度の測定を行った。 Polymeric composition No. on glass substrate. 1 to 20 and comparative colored polymerizable composition No. 1-4 were spin-coated (1300 rpm, 50 seconds) and dried. After prebaking at 70 ° C. for 20 minutes, a 5% polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution was coated to form an oxygen barrier film. After drying at 70 ° C. for 20 minutes, using a predetermined photomask, using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, exposure was performed, followed by development by immersing in a 2.5% aqueous sodium carbonate solution at 25 ° C. for 30 seconds, and thoroughly washing with water. After washing with water and drying, the pattern was fixed by baking at 230 ° C. for 1 hour. About the obtained pattern, the following OD values, volume resistivity, and sensitivity were measured.
(OD値)
 得られた膜のOD値をマクベス透過濃度計を用いて測定し、該OD値をポストベイク後の膜厚で割って、膜厚1μmあたりのOD値を算出した。
(OD value)
The OD value of the obtained film was measured using a Macbeth transmission densitometer, and the OD value was divided by the film thickness after post-baking to calculate the OD value per 1 μm film thickness.
(体積抵抗率)
クロム基板に着色組成物の膜厚が4μmとなるようにスピンコーティングし、プレベイクとして110℃×2分焼成し、100mJ/cmにて高圧水銀ランプにて露光、ポストベイクとして230℃×180分焼成して着色組成物の硬化膜を作成した。硬化膜の上に白金電極をスパッタ処理により作成した。クロム部位と白金電極に導線をつけ、抵抗測定器をつなげて体積抵抗率の測定を行った。単位はΩ・cmである。
(Volume resistivity)
Spin coating is performed on the chromium substrate so that the film thickness of the coloring composition is 4 μm, baking is performed at 110 ° C. for 2 minutes as a pre-baking, exposure is performed at 100 mJ / cm 2 with a high-pressure mercury lamp, and baking is performed at 230 ° C. for 180 minutes as a post-baking. Thus, a cured film of the colored composition was prepared. A platinum electrode was formed on the cured film by sputtering. A lead wire was attached to the chromium portion and the platinum electrode, and a resistance measuring device was connected to measure the volume resistivity. The unit is Ω · cm.
(感度)
 露光量を20mJ/cmから10mJ/cm間隔で増やしていき、現像後のパターンの定着が良好となる最少露光量を確認した。
(sensitivity)
The exposure amount was increased from 20 mJ / cm 2 to 10 mJ / cm 2 intervals, and the minimum exposure amount at which the pattern was fixed well after development was confirmed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
 以上の結果より、本発明の着色剤分散液(E)を用いた着色重合性組成物の硬化物は、比較例の着色剤分散液を用いた着色重合性組成物の硬化物に比べて感度を維持したまま、OD値と体積抵抗が共に高い結果となっている。よって本発明の着色剤分散液(E)及びこれを用いた本発明の着色重合性組成物は、カラーフィルタ用着色重合性組成物及び表示品位の優れたカラーフィルタとして特に有用である。 From the above results, the cured product of the colored polymerizable composition using the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention is more sensitive than the cured product of the colored polymerizable composition using the colorant dispersion of the comparative example. As a result, both the OD value and the volume resistance are high. Therefore, the colorant dispersion (E) of the present invention and the color polymerizable composition of the present invention using the same are particularly useful as a color polymerizable composition for color filters and a color filter having excellent display quality.
 本発明の着色分散液は、遮光性が高く、高抵抗で高精細なパターンが形成できる着色重合性組成物を提供できる為、カラーフィルタ等を形成する着色重合性組成物の原料として有用である。
 
The colored dispersion of the present invention is useful as a raw material for a colored polymerizable composition for forming a color filter or the like because it can provide a colored polymerizable composition having high light shielding properties and capable of forming a high-definition and high-definition pattern. .

Claims (7)

  1.  下記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物(A)、着色剤(B)、分散剤(C)及び分散媒(D)を含むことを特徴とする着色剤分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
     Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
     Y、Y、Y、Y、Y及びY(以下、Y~Yとも表記)は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基又は複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基を表し、
     Yが複数存在する場合、複数のYはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、Yが複数存在する場合、複数のYはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
     Z、Z、Z、Z、Z及びZ(以下、Z~Zとも表記)は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、カルボキシル基で置換された炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基又はカルボキシル基で置換された複素環を含有する炭素原子数1~20の基を表し、
     Zが複数存在する場合、複数のZはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、Zが複数存在する場合、複数のZはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
     Y~Y及びZ~Zで表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基並びにY~Y及びZ~Zで表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基の水素原子はハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、エポキシ基、ビニル基、メルカプト基、イソシアネート基、又は複素環を含有する基で置換される場合があり、Y~Y及びZ~Zで表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基並びにY~Y及びZ~Zで表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基中のメチレン基は-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-SO-、-SCO-又は-COS-で置換される場合があり、
     M、M及びM(以下、M~Mとも表記)は、それぞれ独立に、炭素原子数1~5のアルカンジイル基、炭素原子数3~10のシクロアルキルジイル基又はスルホニル基を表し、
     M~Mで表される炭素原子数1~5のアルカンジイル基及びM~Mで表される炭素原子数3~10のシクロアルキルジイル基の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数6~12のアリール基で置換される場合があり、
     Mが複数存在する場合、複数のMはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
     mは0又は10以下の正の数を表す。)
    A colorant dispersion comprising a polymerizable compound (A) represented by the following general formula (I), a colorant (B), a dispersant (C), and a dispersion medium (D).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
    If R 3 there are a plurality or multiple R 3 are each identical or different if also there if R 4 there are a plurality or multiple of R 4 are each identical or different case,
    Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 and Y 6 (hereinafter also referred to as Y 1 to Y 6 ) are each independently a single bond, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic ring. Represents a group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing
    If Y 3 there are multiple, or a plurality of Y 3 are respectively the same or different when there is also located if Y 4 there are a plurality, or a plurality of Y 4 are each the same or different case,
    Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , Z 5 and Z 6 (hereinafter also referred to as Z 1 to Z 6 ) each independently have 1 to 20 carbon atoms substituted with a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group. Represents a group of 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a carboxyl group,
    If Z 3 there are multiple, there are a plurality of Z 3 are each identical or different case, there if Z 4 there are a plurality, or more Z 4 are each identical or different case,
    Y 1 ~ Y 6 and Z 1 ~ 2 carbon atoms containing a hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic ring represented by Y 1 ~ Y 6 and Z 1 ~ Z 6 having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Z 6 The hydrogen atom in the groups of 20 to 20 is a group containing a halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, amino group, carboxyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, epoxy group, vinyl group, mercapto group, isocyanate group, or heterocyclic ring complex in may be substituted, represented by Y 1 - Y 6 and Z 1 hydrocarbon group and Y 1 of ~ 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Z 6 ~ Y 6 and Z 1 - Z 6 The methylene group in the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a ring is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —SCO— or —COS—. May be replaced,
    M 1 , M 2 and M 3 (hereinafter also referred to as M 1 to M 3 ) are each independently an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyldiyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group Represents
    Hydrogen atoms of a cycloalkyl-diyl group which M 1 ~ 3 to 10 carbon atoms represented by alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and M 1 ~ M 3 represented by M 3 represents a halogen atom, a carbon atom And may be substituted with an alkyl group of 1 to 5 or an aryl group of 6 to 12 carbon atoms,
    If M 2 there are a plurality, there are a plurality of M 2 are each identical or different case,
    m represents a positive number of 0 or 10 or less. )
  2.  重合性化合物(A)が下記一般式(II)で表される化合物であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の着色剤分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式中、R11、R12、R13、R14、R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
     R13が複数存在する場合、複数のR13はそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
     R14が複数存在する場合、複数のR14はそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
     Z、Z、Z、Z、Z及びZ(以下、Z~Zとも表記)は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、カルボキシル基で置換された炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基又はカルボキシル基で置換された複素環を含有する炭素原子数1~20の基を表し、
     Z13が複数存在する場合、複数のZはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
     Z14が複数存在する場合、複数のZはそれぞれ同一であるか、又は異なる場合もあり、
     Z11~Z16で表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基及びZ11~Z16で表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基の水素原子はハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、エポキシ基、ビニル基、メルカプト基、イソシアネート基、又は複素環を含有する基で置換される場合があり、Z11~Z16で表される炭素原子数1~20の炭化水素基及びZ11~Z16で表される複素環を含有する炭素原子数2~20の基中のメチレン基は-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-SO-、-SCO-又は-COS-で置換される場合があり、
     nは0又は10以下の正の数を表す。)
    2. The colorant dispersion according to claim 1, wherein the polymerizable compound (A) is a compound represented by the following general formula (II).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (Wherein R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
    If R 13 there are a plurality There are several R 13 are each identical or different case,
    If R 14 there are a plurality There are several R 14 are each identical or different case,
    Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , Z 5 and Z 6 (hereinafter also referred to as Z 1 to Z 6 ) each independently have 1 to 20 carbon atoms substituted with a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group. Represents a group of 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heterocyclic ring substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a carboxyl group,
    When there are a plurality of Z 13 , the plurality of Z 3 may be the same or different,
    When there are a plurality of Z 14 , the plurality of Z 4 may be the same or different,
    Z 11 of ~ 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Z 16 hydrogen atoms of the hydrocarbon group and Z 11 ~ 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing heterocyclic ring represented by Z 16 is a halogen atom, a nitro May be substituted with a group containing a group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a methacryloyl group, an acryloyl group, an epoxy group, a vinyl group, a mercapto group, an isocyanate group, or a heterocyclic group, and Z 11 to Z The methylene group in the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by 16 and the group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing the heterocyclic ring represented by Z 11 to Z 16 is —O—, —CO—. , -COO -, - OCO -, - S -, - SO 2 -, - SCO- or -COS- with may be substituted,
    n represents a positive number of 0 or 10 or less. )
  3.  着色剤(B)が黒色顔料である請求項1又は2に記載の着色剤分散液。 The colorant dispersion according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the colorant (B) is a black pigment.
  4.  請求項1~3の何れか一項に記載の着色剤分散液(E)、エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)及び重合開始剤(G)を含有する着色重合性組成物。 A colored polymerizable composition comprising the colorant dispersion (E) according to any one of claims 1 to 3, an ethylenically unsaturated compound (F), and a polymerization initiator (G).
  5.  請求項4に記載の着色重合性組成物が硬化してなる硬化物。 A cured product obtained by curing the colored polymerizable composition according to claim 4.
  6.  請求項3に記載の着色分散液(E)、エチレン性不飽和化合物(F)及び重合開始剤(G)を含有する着色重合性組成物が硬化してなるブラックマトリクス。 A black matrix obtained by curing a colored polymerizable composition containing the colored dispersion (E), the ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) and the polymerization initiator (G) according to claim 3.
  7.  請求項5に記載の硬化物又は請求項6に記載のブラックマトリクスを有するカラーフィルタ。
     
    A color filter comprising the cured product according to claim 5 or the black matrix according to claim 6.
PCT/JP2017/008281 2016-03-02 2017-03-02 Colorant dispersion liquid, colored polymerizable composition, and color filter WO2017150667A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018503397A JPWO2017150667A1 (en) 2016-03-02 2017-03-02 Colorant dispersion, colored polymerizable composition, and color filter

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016040409 2016-03-02
JP2016-040409 2016-03-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017150667A1 true WO2017150667A1 (en) 2017-09-08

Family

ID=59742943

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/008281 WO2017150667A1 (en) 2016-03-02 2017-03-02 Colorant dispersion liquid, colored polymerizable composition, and color filter

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2017150667A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201807082A (en)
WO (1) WO2017150667A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020044678A1 (en) * 2018-08-30 2020-03-05 昭和電工株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for forming black column spacers, black column spacer and image display device
JP2020086317A (en) * 2018-11-29 2020-06-04 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, production method of patterned cured film, and patterned cured film
WO2023132296A1 (en) * 2022-01-07 2023-07-13 株式会社Adeka Composition, method for producing cured product, cured product, color filter and compound

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09291249A (en) * 1996-04-24 1997-11-11 Sakata Corp Pigment dispersion, photosetting pigment-dispersed resist composition for color filter using the same
US20050008866A1 (en) * 2003-05-02 2005-01-13 Eads Space Transportation Sa High toughness vinylester and/or epoxy resin-based material, its process of manufacture, composite material comprising it and uses thereof
WO2006121062A1 (en) * 2005-05-11 2006-11-16 Toppan Printing Co., Ltd. Alkali development-type photosensitive resin composition, substrate with protrusions for liquid crystal split orientational control and color filter formed using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2007072314A (en) * 2005-09-08 2007-03-22 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition for color filter and color filter using same
JP2009003442A (en) * 2007-05-23 2009-01-08 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photosensitive resin composition, liquid crystal alignment control rib, spacer, color filter and image display device
JP2011034005A (en) * 2009-08-05 2011-02-17 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition, and photosensitive element, method for forming resist pattern and method for manufacturing printed wiring board, using the same

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6240924B2 (en) * 2013-06-07 2017-12-06 株式会社Adeka Photo-curable black composition

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09291249A (en) * 1996-04-24 1997-11-11 Sakata Corp Pigment dispersion, photosetting pigment-dispersed resist composition for color filter using the same
US20050008866A1 (en) * 2003-05-02 2005-01-13 Eads Space Transportation Sa High toughness vinylester and/or epoxy resin-based material, its process of manufacture, composite material comprising it and uses thereof
WO2006121062A1 (en) * 2005-05-11 2006-11-16 Toppan Printing Co., Ltd. Alkali development-type photosensitive resin composition, substrate with protrusions for liquid crystal split orientational control and color filter formed using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2007072314A (en) * 2005-09-08 2007-03-22 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition for color filter and color filter using same
JP2009003442A (en) * 2007-05-23 2009-01-08 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photosensitive resin composition, liquid crystal alignment control rib, spacer, color filter and image display device
JP2011034005A (en) * 2009-08-05 2011-02-17 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition, and photosensitive element, method for forming resist pattern and method for manufacturing printed wiring board, using the same

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020044678A1 (en) * 2018-08-30 2020-03-05 昭和電工株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for forming black column spacers, black column spacer and image display device
JP2020086317A (en) * 2018-11-29 2020-06-04 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, production method of patterned cured film, and patterned cured film
JP7313136B2 (en) 2018-11-29 2023-07-24 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing patterned cured film, and patterned cured film
WO2023132296A1 (en) * 2022-01-07 2023-07-13 株式会社Adeka Composition, method for producing cured product, cured product, color filter and compound

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201807082A (en) 2018-03-01
JPWO2017150667A1 (en) 2018-12-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI685484B (en) Oxime ester compound and photopolymerization initiator containing the compound
JP6301249B2 (en) Photosensitive composition
JP6000942B2 (en) Oxime ester compound and photopolymerization initiator containing the compound
JP6423215B2 (en) Photocurable composition
TWI811419B (en) Carbamoxime compound, polymerization initiator containing same, and polymerizable composition
JP6240924B2 (en) Photo-curable black composition
WO2017169819A1 (en) Black photosensitive resin composition
WO2019088055A1 (en) Compound, composition, cured object, and production method for cured object
KR102160115B1 (en) Photo-curable composition
JP7049067B2 (en) Polymerizable composition, photosensitive composition for black matrix and cured product
JP2015007729A (en) Photocurable black composition
JPWO2018159265A1 (en) Polymerizable composition and photosensitive composition for black column spacer
TWI778082B (en) Polymerizable composition, photosensitive composition for black matrix, and photosensitive composition for black column spacer
TWI713572B (en) Oxime ester compound and polymerization initiator containing the compound
TWI759501B (en) Polymerizable composition, photosensitive composition for black matrix, and photosensitive composition for black column spacer
TWI664244B (en) Novel compound and composition containing the same
WO2017150667A1 (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, colored polymerizable composition, and color filter
JP6457719B2 (en) Photocurable composition
JP6294689B2 (en) Photocurable composition
TWI798206B (en) Oxime ester compound and photopolymerization initiator containing the same
JP2016090797A (en) Curable composition
JP6420666B2 (en) Colorant dispersion, coloring composition and color filter
TWI772456B (en) Oxime ester compound and photopolymerization initiator containing the same
WO2018012383A1 (en) Curable composition, cured product and method for producing cured product
JP2016130288A (en) Colorant dispersion, coloring composition and color filter

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018503397

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17760130

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17760130

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1